{"title":"C4 Fabrication","description":null,"products":[{"product_id":"c4-fabrication-4runner-overland-series-rear-bumper-2025","title":"C4 Fabrication 4Runner Overland Series Rear Bumper 2025+","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication Overland Series Rear Bumper is a high-clearance steel rear bumper built for the 6th Gen Toyota 4Runner (2025 and newer). A 3\/16-inch laser-cut P\u0026amp;O steel shell and 1\/4-inch steel mounting brackets guard the rear against rocks and brush while the low-profile design improves the departure angle on technical terrain. The bumper is available in four swing-arm configurations (no swing-out, half-length, single full-length, and dual) and in raw or powder-coat finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHigh-Clearance Protection on Technical Terrain\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Overland Series bumper's low-profile shape increases the departure angle so the bumper clears obstacles that would catch a taller, more rearward design. The 3\/16-inch P\u0026amp;O steel shell resists rock strikes and brush damage, and the 1\/4-inch steel mounting brackets spread load across the frame. The mounting system adjusts in every direction, allowing precise alignment during installation. Recovery anchor points are 3\/4-inch thick D-ring tabs welded front and back for full-perimeter strength.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSwing-Out Configurations for Tire and Gear Carrying\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThree swing-out variants add a tire carrier rated for up to a 35-inch tire. Every swing-out configuration includes a tire carrier, license bracket, fold-down trail table, and position-locking pins that prevent the gate from opening without user input. The anti-rattle latching system and extra bracing at the swing-arm pivot reduce bumper twist when the gate is open under load. The dual swing-out opens to each side, splitting weight across two arm bearings; the driver-side gate provides additional mounting points for gear. The single full-length swing-out uses one bearing at the passenger side with the latch on the driver side and offers the widest fold-down table of the three variants. The half-length swing-out carries the tire and table but has less platform space, and the tire mount must be removed before bolting on other accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAccessory mounting holes on the swing arms accept optional C4 add-ons including a RotopaX mount, Hi-Lift jack mount, jerry can holder, and ham antenna bracket; all mounts adjust vertically on the arms. The RotopaX\/Maxtrax combo mount holds up to two 4-gallon RotopaX containers and four Maxtrax boards while leaving room for the vertical Hi-Lift mount. A single 2-gallon RotopaX can also mount flat on the swing arm without any mount. RotopaX brand mounts are not included and are required to use with the C4 combo mount; Maxtrax brand mounting pins are recommended. The half-length swing-out does not have enough space for the larger accessory mounts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFactory Sensors and Lighting Retained\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Overland Series Rear Bumper retains the 4Runner's factory parking sensors, blind spot monitoring, and OEM hitch on all variants. Two pod light mounts are integrated and designed specifically for Baja Designs S2 Flush Mount Lights; the mounts also fit Rigid SR-M 2x3 lights. A fit for other light brands is not guaranteed. The bumper is compatible with the C4 Summit Hatch Ladder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3\/16-inch laser-cut P\u0026amp;O steel shell\u003c\/strong\u003e with 1\/4-inch steel mounting brackets and a fully adjustable mounting system\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3\/4-inch D-ring tabs\u003c\/strong\u003e welded front and back on all variants\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAnti-rattle swing-out latching system\u003c\/strong\u003e with position-locking pins and extra bracing to reduce bumper twist when gates are open\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFold-down trail table\u003c\/strong\u003e standard on all three swing-out configurations\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePod light mounts\u003c\/strong\u003e designed for Baja Designs S2 Flush Mount Lights; also fit Rigid SR-M 2x3 lights\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRetains OEM parking sensors, blind spot monitoring, and factory hitch\u003c\/strong\u003e on all variants\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eFitment\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e6th Gen Toyota 4Runner, 2025 and newer\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eShell material\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e3\/16-inch laser-cut P\u0026amp;O steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMounting brackets\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e1\/4-inch steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eD-ring tabs\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e3\/4-inch thick, welded front and back\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWeight, base (no swing-out)\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e160 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWeight, half-length swing-out\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e200 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWeight, single full-length or dual swing-out\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e240 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eSwing-out tire capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eUp to 35-inch tire\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eFinish options\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eRaw bare steel (must be painted or powder coated before installation); 2-stage hammer black powder coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eCountry of origin\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMade in USA\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThis bumper suits 2025 and newer 6th Gen Toyota 4Runner owners who run technical terrain and want improved rear departure angle, a steel recovery anchor point, and the option to carry a full-size spare tire and trail gear on a swing-out gate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThis bumper does not fit any Toyota 4Runner generation prior to the 6th Gen (2025+). It is not compatible with the electric hatch kick sensor. Swing-out variants block the factory backup camera; a camera relocation kit is not yet available. Swing-out arms are welded on and cannot be added after purchase. Installation requires cutting the plastic factory bumper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhich 4Runner years and generations does this bumper fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication Overland Series Rear Bumper fits the 6th Gen Toyota 4Runner, model year 2025 and newer only. It does not fit any earlier 4Runner generation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eCan swing-out arms be added to the no-swing-out bumper after purchase?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eNo. The swing-out arms on this bumper are welded on during fabrication and cannot be added later. Buyers who want a swing-out tire carrier must select a swing-out variant at the time of purchase; the no-swing-out variant cannot be upgraded after the fact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDoes the bumper retain the factory parking sensors, blind spot monitoring, and OEM hitch?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eYes. The Overland Series Rear Bumper retains the 4Runner's factory parking sensors, blind spot monitoring system, and OEM hitch on all variants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat happens to the backup camera when swing-out arms are installed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe swing-out arms block the factory backup camera on the Overland Series Rear Bumper. A camera relocation kit is in development but is not currently available. Buyers who rely on the backup camera should factor this into their variant choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDoes the raw finish require any treatment before installation?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eYes. The raw bare-steel finish must be painted or powder coated before installation to prevent rust. C4 Fabrication recommends test-fitting the bumper before sending it out for coating to confirm alignment and fitment first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eHow many people does installation require, and does it involve cutting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eInstallation of the Overland Series Rear Bumper requires cutting the plastic factory bumper. Two people are recommended for the job given the bumper's weight, which ranges from 160 lbs for the base variant to 240 lbs for swing-out versions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhich aftermarket lights fit the integrated pod light mounts?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe pod light mounts on the Overland Series Rear Bumper are designed specifically for Baja Designs S2 Flush Mount Lights and also fit Rigid SR-M 2x3 lights. A perfect fit for other light brands is not guaranteed.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"C4 Fabrication","offers":[{"title":"Raw \/ None - Swing Arms CANNOT be added later","offer_id":50621641654342,"sku":"1125-41000","price":2399.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Raw \/ Half Length Swing Arm (Includes Tire Carrier)","offer_id":50621641687110,"sku":"1125-41200","price":3899.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Raw \/ Single Full Length Swing Arm (Includes Tire Carrier)","offer_id":50621641719878,"sku":"1125-41100","price":3999.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Raw \/ Dual Swing Arms (Includes Tire Carrier)","offer_id":50621641752646,"sku":"1125-41300","price":4459.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Powder Coat \/ None - Swing Arms CANNOT be added later","offer_id":50621641785414,"sku":"1125-41000-01NA","price":2699.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Powder Coat \/ Half Length Swing Arm (Includes Tire Carrier)","offer_id":50621641818182,"sku":"1125-41200-01NA","price":4259.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Powder Coat \/ Single Full Length Swing Arm (Includes Tire Carrier)","offer_id":50621641850950,"sku":"1125-41100-01NA","price":4499.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Powder Coat \/ Dual Swing Arms (Includes Tire Carrier)","offer_id":50621641883718,"sku":"1125-41300-01NA","price":4999.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/6th-gen-4runner-overland-rear-bumper.jpg?v=1791935476"},{"product_id":"c4-fabrication-rock-runner-sliders-for-toyota-4runner-6th-gen","title":"C4 Fabrication Rock Runner Sliders for Toyota 4Runner 6th Gen","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication Rock Runner Sliders are frame-mounted steel rock sliders built for the 2025+ Toyota 4Runner (6th Gen), designed to absorb trail impacts and protect rocker panels from costly damage. Mounting plates bolt directly to the side of the frame using a fully bolt-on design that requires no cutting or welding. These sliders are available in raw bare steel or a 2-stage hammer black powder coat finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrame-Direct Mounting for Maximum Rocker Protection\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Rock Runner Sliders use 3\/16-inch HRPO mounting plates that bolt directly to the side of the 4Runner's frame rather than to body panels or pinch welds. A frame-direct connection distributes impact loads into the vehicle's structural steel instead of into sheet metal, which means a hard rock strike is far less likely to deform the rocker panel behind it. For a truck used on technical terrain where a single bad line can mean an expensive body repair, that structural connection is the difference between a scuff on the slider and a repair bill on the cab.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003e20-Degree Deflection Angle Redirects Rocks Away from Rockers\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe slider tube is set at a strategic 20-degree angle, positioned to deflect rocks at the approach points where high-impact strikes are most likely. Rather than presenting a flat surface that stops a rock dead and transfers the full load inward, the angled tube redirects the rock downward and away. The 1.75-inch DOM (Drawn Over Mandrel) steel tubing provides the wall consistency and strength to handle repeated strikes without deforming, so the geometry keeps working trail after trail.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBolt-On Installation, No Fabrication Required\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEvery mounting point uses existing frame locations, and all hardware is included in the box. The fully bolt-on design means a capable DIY installer can fit these without a welder, plasma cutter, or drill press. C4 Fabrication provides a PDF installation guide. If ordering the raw finish, test-fit the sliders before sending them out for coating to confirm alignment and fitment first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDOM steel tubing:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1.75-inch Drawn Over Mandrel steel tube for consistent wall thickness and dent resistance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHRPO mounting plates:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3\/16-inch Hot Rolled Pickled and Oiled steel plates bolt directly to the frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e20-degree deflection angle:\u003c\/strong\u003e angled tube geometry redirects rocks away from rocker panels at high-impact approach points\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFully bolt-on:\u003c\/strong\u003e no cutting, drilling, or welding required; all hardware included\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish options:\u003c\/strong\u003e raw bare steel or 2-stage hammer black powder coat\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eTube material\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e1.75-inch DOM steel tubing\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMounting plate material\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e3\/16-inch HRPO steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMounting style\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eDirect frame bolt-on; compatible with unthreaded and threaded frames\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eDeflection angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e20 degrees\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWeight (per set)\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e90 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eFinish options\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eRaw (bare steel) \/ 2-stage hammer black powder coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eHardware included\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eYes, all mounting hardware included\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eCountry of manufacture\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eUSA\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eVehicle fitment\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e2025+ Toyota 4Runner (6th Gen), all models and sub-models\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThe Rock Runner Sliders suit 2025+ Toyota 4Runner (6th Gen) owners who run technical off-road terrain where rocker panel strikes are a real risk, and who want a frame-mounted, bolt-on solution they can install themselves without fabrication tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThese sliders do not fit any Toyota 4Runner generation prior to the 6th Gen (2025+), and they do not fit any other vehicle make or model. Buyers choosing the raw finish should plan for powder coating or painting before installation, as bare steel will rust without a protective finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat vehicles do the C4 Fabrication Rock Runner Sliders fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Rock Runner Sliders fit all 2025+ Toyota 4Runner (6th Gen) models and sub-models. They are compatible with both unthreaded and threaded frames. They do not fit any earlier 4Runner generation or any other vehicle make or model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDo these rock sliders require cutting or welding during installation?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eNo cutting or welding is required. The Rock Runner Sliders use a fully bolt-on design that mounts to existing frame locations on the 2025+ Toyota 4Runner. All mounting hardware is included, and C4 Fabrication provides a PDF installation guide for reference.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat is the difference between the raw and powder coat finish options?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe raw finish ships as bare steel and must be powder coated or painted before installation to prevent rust. C4 Fabrication recommends test-fitting the raw sliders first to confirm alignment before sending them for coating. The powder coat option arrives finished in a 2-stage hammer black powder coat and is ready to install.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat does the 20-degree angle on the slider tube do?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe 20-degree angle on the Rock Runner Slider tube is positioned to deflect rocks downward and away from the rocker panel at the approach points where high-impact strikes are most likely. Rather than absorbing a strike flat-on and transferring the full load inward, the angled geometry redirects the rock away from the vehicle's body.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eHow much do the Rock Runner Sliders weigh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication Rock Runner Sliders weigh 90 lb per set, the same for both the raw and powder coat variants.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"C4 Fabrication","offers":[{"title":"Raw","offer_id":50621643620422,"sku":"1125-20500","price":1199.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Powder Coat","offer_id":50621643653190,"sku":"1125-20500-01NA","price":1349.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/1125-20500-01NA-4Runner-rock-runner-sliders-6th-gen-installe.jpg?v=1791935571"},{"product_id":"c4-fabrication-4runner-hybrid-series-front-bumper-6th-gen","title":"C4 Fabrication 4Runner Hybrid Series Front Bumper 6th Gen","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication Hybrid Series Front Bumper is a steel replacement front bumper for the 2025–2026 Toyota 4Runner (6th Gen), built from 3\/16-inch laser-cut P\u0026amp;O steel with 1\/4-inch mounting plates and 1-3\/4-inch x 11ga HREW steel tubing wings. It improves approach angles, adds clearance for larger tires, and includes a heavy-duty winch mount, dual D-ring tabs, and three lighting mount positions. Available in Raw (bare steel) or hammer black powder coat, with or without a Full-Height Bull Bar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHybrid Construction: Plate Steel Where It Counts, Tube Where It Doesn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Hybrid Series uses a laser-cut plate steel center section (the area that takes the most stress from a winch pull or a direct hit) paired with 1-3\/4-inch x 11ga HREW round steel tubing on the wings. That combination keeps the bumper rigid at the recovery points while reducing mass at the outer edges, which matters for approach angle and for the stress placed on the front suspension over time. The 1\/4-inch mounting plates anchor the assembly to the frame with the thickness needed for repeated off-road loading.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRecovery and Lighting Ready Out of the Box\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe winch mount is built into the center section, with front cutouts that allow access to the winch lever without removing the bumper. Two 3\/4-inch D-ring tabs are fully welded front and back, so they hold under a recovery load from any angle. The bumper ships with a Winch Controller Relocation Bracket, keeping the control box accessible after the bumper is installed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThree lighting positions are built in: a center mount sized for a Baja Designs S8 30-inch light bar or a RIGID 30-inch SR Series light bar, two side positions with custom LP6 mounting brackets included, and a pair of fog light mounts sized for Baja Squadron or Baja XL pods. Light brands other than those listed are not guaranteed to fit the mounts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFactory Electronics Stay Intact\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Hybrid Series bumper is compatible with the 4Runner's adaptive cruise control (ACC) and does not obstruct the factory front camera. It fits over the factory skid plate. Plugs are included for vehicles not factory-equipped with parking sensors. The Full-Height Bull Bar variants are designed to retain Toyota Safety Sense and factory parking sensors, and some vehicles will require professional TSS recalibration after installation. The bumper also ships with a Windshield Washer Tank Skid to protect the washer reservoir during the installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlate-and-tube hybrid construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3\/16-inch laser-cut P\u0026amp;O steel center with 1-3\/4-inch x 11ga HREW tubing wings and 1\/4-inch mounting plates\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual 3\/4-inch D-ring tabs:\u003c\/strong\u003e fully welded front and back for multi-angle recovery loads\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-duty winch mount:\u003c\/strong\u003e fits most winches without an integrated control box; confirmed fitment on Warn Zeon XD 10-S\/12-S and Evo 10-S\/12-S\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree lighting positions:\u003c\/strong\u003e center light bar mount, two LP6 side mounts (brackets included), and fog light mounts for Baja Squadron or Baja XL pods\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull-Height Bull Bar option:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1-3\/4-inch x 11ga HREW tubing with 1-1\/2-inch x 11ga HREW gussets; retains Toyota Safety Sense and parking sensors\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDesigned and manufactured in the USA\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eFitment\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e2025–2026 Toyota 4Runner, 6th Gen, all models and sub-models\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eCenter plate material\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e3\/16-inch laser-cut P\u0026amp;O steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWing tubing\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e1-3\/4-inch x 11ga HREW steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMounting plates\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e1\/4-inch thick steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eD-ring tabs\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e3\/4-inch thick, fully welded front and back (qty: 2)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eBull Bar tubing (Full-Height option)\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e1-3\/4-inch x 11ga HREW with 1-1\/2-inch x 11ga HREW gussets\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eFinish options\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eRaw (bare steel, must be coated before install) or 2-stage hammer black powder coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eIncluded hardware\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWindshield Washer Tank Skid, Winch Controller Relocation Bracket, custom LP6 mounting brackets, sensor plugs (for non-factory-equipped vehicles)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eOrigin\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eDesigned and manufactured in the USA\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication Hybrid Series Front Bumper suits 2025–2026 Toyota 4Runner (6th Gen) owners who run a winch, want integrated recovery points and lighting mounts, and need a bumper that works with the 4Runner's factory electronics including ACC, the front camera, and Toyota Safety Sense. The Full-Height Bull Bar variant is the right choice for builds that need sensor and TSS retention with added frontal protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThis bumper does not fit any 4Runner generation prior to the 6th Gen (2025+). Factory fog lights are not supported. Winches with an integrated (non-relocatable) control box are not recommended. The Raw finish must be painted or powder coated before installation to prevent rust; test fitting before coating is recommended to confirm alignment. Installing this bumper requires cutting the factory plastic bumper. Some vehicles will require professional TSS recalibration after installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDoes this bumper fit earlier 4Runner generations?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication Hybrid Series Front Bumper fits only the 6th Gen Toyota 4Runner (2025–2026 model years). It is not compatible with 5th Gen or earlier 4Runner models, which have a different frame and mounting structure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat comes in the box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Hybrid Series Front Bumper ships with a Windshield Washer Tank Skid, a Winch Controller Relocation Bracket, custom LP6 mounting brackets for the side lighting positions, and sensor plugs for vehicles not factory-equipped with parking sensors. A winch, light bar, and light pods are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWill this bumper work with my 4Runner's Toyota Safety Sense and parking sensors?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Full-Height Bull Bar variants of the Hybrid Series bumper are designed to retain Toyota Safety Sense and factory parking sensors. Plugs are included for vehicles not factory-equipped with sensors. Some vehicles will require professional TSS recalibration after installation regardless of which variant is chosen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat winches fit the Hybrid Series bumper?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Hybrid Series winch mount fits most winches that do not have an integrated control box; a winch with a relocatable control box is recommended. Confirmed fitment includes the Warn Zeon XD 10-S, 12-S, Evo 10-S, and Evo 12-S. A synthetic rope winch and hawse-style fairlead are recommended for this bumper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat light bars and pods fit the built-in mounts?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe center mount on the Hybrid Series bumper is designed for a Baja Designs S8 30-inch light bar or a RIGID 30-inch SR Series light bar. The two side positions accept LP6 pods using the included custom brackets. The fog light mounts fit Baja Squadron and Baja XL pods. Light brands other than those listed are not guaranteed to fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eHow difficult is installation, and do I need to modify the factory bumper?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eInstalling the Hybrid Series Front Bumper requires cutting the factory plastic bumper and is best completed with two people. An install guide is available for download. Some vehicles will require professional TSS recalibration after installation, which should be factored into the install plan.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eIf I order the Raw finish, what do I need to do before installing it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Raw finish Hybrid Series bumper ships as bare steel and must be painted or powder coated before installation to prevent rust. Test fitting the bumper before sending it out for coating is recommended to confirm alignment and fitment.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"C4 Fabrication","offers":[{"title":"Raw \/ No Bull Bar","offer_id":50621647814726,"sku":"1125-32000","price":1949.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Raw \/ Full-Height Bull Bar","offer_id":50621647847494,"sku":"1125-32300","price":2099.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Powder Coat \/ No Bull Bar","offer_id":50621647880262,"sku":"1125-32000-01NA","price":2149.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Powder Coat \/ Full-Height Bull Bar","offer_id":50621647913030,"sku":"1125-32300-01-NA","price":2299.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/1125-32000-4runner-6g-hybrid-series-front-bumper.jpg?v=1791935706"},{"product_id":"c4-fabrication-4runner-overland-series-front-bumper-6th-gen","title":"C4 Fabrication 4Runner Overland Series Front Bumper 6th Gen","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication Overland Series Front Bumper is a full-replacement steel front bumper built for the 2025–2026 Toyota 4Runner (6th Gen), engineered for high-clearance off-road use, integrated winch and recovery capability, and full compatibility with Toyota Safety Sense. Six variants combine two finish options (raw steel and hammer black powder coat) with three bull bar configurations: no bull bar, full-height bull bar, and full-height bull bar with headlight hoops.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSteel Construction Built for Recovery\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Overland Series bumper is fabricated from 3\/16-inch laser-cut pickled-and-oiled (P\u0026amp;O) steel, a material that prioritizes structural rigidity for a bumper that will see winch loads and trail impacts rather than pavement-only use. The 3\/4-inch D-ring tabs are welded both front and back, not bolted on, which distributes recovery forces across the bumper structure rather than concentrating them at a single attachment point. For a buyer who expects to use a snatch block or pull a loaded rig out of a wash, that weld geometry matters more than the tab thickness alone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWinch-Ready Without the Usual Compromises\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Overland Series bumper includes a washer tank skid and a winch controller relocation kit, two components that typically require separate sourcing on competing bumpers. Front-facing cutouts provide direct access to the winch lever without removing any panels. The bumper accepts most winches without integrated control boxes; confirmed fitment includes the Warn Zeon XD 10-S, 12-S and Evo 10-S, 12-S series. Synthetic rope winches paired with a hawse fairlead are recommended for best function. Winch not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eLighting Integration Designed Around Specific Fixtures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRather than generic light tabs, the Overland Series bumper includes a dedicated 40-inch light bar mount sized for the Baja Designs S8 40-inch bar and confirmed compatible with the Rigid 40-inch SR Series bar. Fog light pockets are shaped specifically for Baja Designs Squadron lights. Two top-light mounting points, positioned in front of the grille below the bull bar, accept Baja Designs LP6 lights. Other light brands are not guaranteed to fit the pockets or mounts. Factory fog lights are not supported and cannot be retained with this bumper installed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3\/16-inch laser-cut P\u0026amp;O steel construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e full-replacement front bumper built for trail and recovery loads\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWelded 3\/4-inch D-ring tabs:\u003c\/strong\u003e welded front and back on all variants for maximum recovery strength\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded washer tank skid and winch controller relocation kit:\u003c\/strong\u003e protects components and simplifies winch installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBull bar tubing at 1 3\/4-inch OD, 0.120-inch wall;\u003c\/strong\u003e gussets and headlight hoops use 1 1\/2-inch OD tubing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eToyota Safety Sense compatible on all bull bar variants;\u003c\/strong\u003e parking sensors retained, though TSS recalibration may be required after installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo finish options:\u003c\/strong\u003e raw bare steel (requires paint or powder coat before use) or 2-stage hammer black powder coat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e2025–2026 Toyota 4Runner (6th Gen)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e3\/16-inch laser-cut pickled-and-oiled (P\u0026amp;O) steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eBull Bar Tubing\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e1 3\/4-inch OD, 0.120-inch wall; gussets and headlight hoops 1 1\/2-inch OD\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eD-Ring Tab Thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e3\/4-inch, welded front and back\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eFinish Options\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eRaw bare steel; 2-stage hammer black powder coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eBull Bar Options\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eNo Bull Bar; Full-Height Bull Bar; Full-Height Bull Bar with Headlight Hoops\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWasher tank skid, winch controller relocation kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWinch Compatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMost non-integrated control box winches; confirmed: Warn Zeon XD 10-S\/12-S, Evo 10-S\/12-S\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eLight Bar Mount\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e40-inch; designed for Baja Designs S8, compatible with Rigid 40-inch SR Series\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eFog Light Pockets\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eBaja Designs Squadron (factory fog lights not supported)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eTop-Light Mounts\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eTwo points; accepts Baja Designs LP6\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eOrigin\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMade in USA\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThe Overland Series Front Bumper suits 2025–2026 Toyota 4Runner (6th Gen) owners building a recovery-capable overland rig who want integrated winch mounting, welded D-ring recovery points, and a lighting platform designed around Baja Designs and Rigid fixtures, all in a single steel replacement bumper. Buyers who want a powder-coated finish ready to install, or who prefer to source and apply their own coating over raw steel, are both accommodated by the two finish options.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThis bumper does not fit any 4Runner generation other than the 6th Gen (2025–2026), and it does not support factory fog lights. Winches with non-relocatable integrated control boxes are not compatible. Lighting brands other than those specified are not guaranteed to fit the integrated pockets and mounts. Raw-finish buyers should test-fit before applying any coating to confirm alignment and fitment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eIs this bumper compatible with Toyota Safety Sense?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eAll bull bar variants of the Overland Series Front Bumper are designed to maintain compatibility with Toyota Safety Sense and factory parking sensors. Some 2025–2026 4Runner vehicles may require professional recalibration of the TSS system after installation, so budgeting for a dealer or shop recalibration visit is advisable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhich winches fit this bumper?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Overland Series Front Bumper accepts most winches that do not have an integrated (non-relocatable) control box. Confirmed fitment includes the Warn Zeon XD 10-S, 12-S and Evo 10-S, 12-S series. Synthetic rope winches paired with a hawse fairlead are recommended for best performance. The winch is not included with the bumper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat lights are compatible with the integrated mounts?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Overland Series Front Bumper includes a 40-inch light bar mount designed for the Baja Designs S8 40-inch bar and confirmed compatible with the Rigid 40-inch SR Series bar. Fog light pockets are shaped for Baja Designs Squadron lights. Two top-light mounting points accept Baja Designs LP6 lights. Other light brands are not guaranteed to fit. Factory fog lights cannot be retained.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDoes installation require cutting the factory bumper?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eYes. Installing the Overland Series Front Bumper requires trimming the factory plastic bumper. The installation is best completed with two people. For vehicles equipped with Toyota Safety Sense, professional recalibration of the TSS system may be required after the bumper is installed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat is the difference between the raw and powder coat finish options?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe raw finish option ships as bare steel and must be painted or powder coated before use to prevent rust. Test-fitting the bumper before applying any coating is recommended to confirm alignment and fitment. The powder coat option arrives finished in a 2-stage hammer black powder coat, ready to install without additional surface treatment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat is included with the bumper?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Overland Series Front Bumper includes a washer tank skid and a winch controller relocation kit. The 3\/4-inch D-ring tabs are welded to the bumper on all variants. Winch, lights, and light bar are not included and must be sourced separately.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"C4 Fabrication","offers":[{"title":"Raw \/ No Bull Bar","offer_id":50621654073414,"sku":"1125-31000","price":1949.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Raw \/ Full-Height Bull Bar","offer_id":50621654106182,"sku":"1125-31300","price":2099.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Raw \/ Full-Height Bull Bar w\/ Headlight Hoops","offer_id":50621654138950,"sku":"1125-31400","price":2149.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Powder Coat \/ No Bull Bar","offer_id":50621654171718,"sku":"1125-31000-01NA","price":2149.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Powder Coat \/ Full-Height Bull Bar","offer_id":50621654204486,"sku":"1125-31300-01NA","price":2299.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Powder Coat \/ Full-Height Bull Bar w\/ Headlight Hoops","offer_id":50621654237254,"sku":"1125-31400-01NA","price":2349.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/6th-Gen-4Runner-Overland-Front-Bumper-No-Bull-Bar.jpg?v=1791935851"},{"product_id":"c4-fabrication-bed-cab-molle-panels-for-4th-gen-toyota-tacoma","title":"C4 Fabrication Bed Cab MOLLE Panels for 4th Gen Toyota Tacoma","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication Bed Cab MOLLE Panels are steel-constructed, 2-stage hammer black powder-coated storage panels engineered for the 4th Generation Toyota Tacoma (2024–2026), compatible with all Tacoma sub-models. The panels mount to the bed cab wall using factory hardware, retain the OEM tie-down points, and accept straps, bolts, and standard MOLLE-compatible accessories to keep recovery tools and overland gear secured and rattle-free.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOrganized, Accessible Storage Where You Need It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MOLLE grid on the bed cab wall is one of the most useful surfaces in a working truck bed: it puts recovery gear, first-aid kits, and trail tools within arm's reach without consuming floor space or requiring a separate cargo box. Because the C4 Fabrication panels accept standard MOLLE straps, bolts, and attachment hardware, the layout can be reconfigured as the load changes, so the bed works as hard on a weekend trail run as it does on a longer expedition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eStructural Reinforcement for the Factory Composite Bed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 4th Gen Tacoma's factory bed cab is composite, which can develop cracks under sustained off-road stress. The steel C4 Fabrication panels bond to that surface and add structural backing, reducing flex and the risk of cracking on rough terrain. The same piece that organizes gear also protects the bed, with no secondary bracket required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFactory-Hardware Installation, OEM Tie-Downs Retained\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe panels use existing factory mounting points, so no drilling or permanent modification is required. Installation is estimated at 20 minutes per side. The OEM tie-down points remain fully accessible after the panels are in place, preserving the bed's original cargo-securing options alongside the new MOLLE grid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMOLLE-compatible grid:\u003c\/strong\u003e accepts straps, bolts, and standard MOLLE attachment hardware for versatile gear mounting\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSteel construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e heavy-duty steel panels reinforce the factory composite bed cab\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2-stage hammer black powder coat:\u003c\/strong\u003e durable finish applied over steel for corrosion and abrasion resistance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOEM tie-down retention:\u003c\/strong\u003e factory tie-down points remain fully functional after installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFactory-hardware install:\u003c\/strong\u003e no drilling required; estimated 20 minutes per side\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSold as a complete set:\u003c\/strong\u003e both bed cab panels included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eHeavy-duty steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e2-stage hammer black powder coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eInstallation hardware\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eUses factory hardware (included with vehicle)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eEstimated install time\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e20 minutes per side\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eVehicle fitment\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e4th Gen Toyota Tacoma, 2024–2026, all sub-models\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eCountry of manufacture\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eUSA\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eSet contents\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eComplete set (both panels)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication Bed Cab MOLLE Panels suit 4th Gen Toyota Tacoma owners (2024–2026, all sub-models) who want organized, MOLLE-compatible storage on the bed cab wall without drilling or permanent modification, and who also want to add structural backing to the factory composite bed for off-road use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThese panels are designed specifically for the 4th Gen Tacoma (2024–2026) and will not fit earlier Tacoma generations or other vehicles. Quick Fist Mounts and C4 Fabrication Bed Side MOLLE Panels are sold separately and are not included in this set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhich Tacoma years and trims do these panels fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication Bed Cab MOLLE Panels are engineered for the 4th Generation Toyota Tacoma, model years 2024–2026, and are compatible with all Tacoma sub-models within that generation. They are not designed to fit 3rd Gen or earlier Tacoma trucks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDo I need to drill into the bed to install these panels?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eNo drilling is required. The Bed Cab MOLLE Panels use the Tacoma's existing factory hardware for installation, leaving the bed without permanent modification. C4 Fabrication estimates the install at approximately 20 minutes per side.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWill these panels block the factory tie-down points?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication Bed Cab MOLLE Panels are designed to retain the OEM tie-down points, so the factory cargo-securing anchors remain fully accessible and functional after the panels are installed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat MOLLE accessories are compatible, and are any included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe panels accept standard MOLLE straps, bolts, and other MOLLE-compatible attachment hardware. No MOLLE accessories are included in the set. Quick Fist Mounts are available as an optional add-on and are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eAre the Bed Side MOLLE Panels included with this set?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication Bed Side MOLLE Panels are a separate product and are not included in this set. The Bed Cab MOLLE Panels cover the cab-end wall of the bed; the Bed Side panels, sold separately, extend MOLLE coverage along the bed's side walls.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"C4 Fabrication","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50621655449670,"sku":"1224-70320","price":399.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/4th-Gen-Toyota-Tacoma-Bed-Molle-Panel.jpg?v=1791935948"},{"product_id":"c4-fabrication-4th-gen-tacoma-bed-side-molle-panels","title":"C4 Fabrication 4th Gen Tacoma Bed Side MOLLE Panels","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication 4th Gen Tacoma Bed Side MOLLE Panels are heavy-duty steel truck bed panels, finished in a 2-stage hammer black powder coat, that add a MOLLE-compatible mounting surface to the bed walls of 2024–2026 Toyota Tacoma trucks. Each panel is contoured to follow the factory bed profile precisely and is sold as a complete driver side or passenger side assembly. Choose the side needed, or purchase both to outfit the full bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Mounting Platform That Works as Hard as the Truck\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MOLLE grid on each panel gives 4th Gen Tacoma owners a structured, accessible place to mount recovery tools, overland equipment, and other off-road gear directly to the bed wall, keeping the bed floor clear and gear within reach rather than buried under a pile. Because the panels are MOLLE-compatible, they work with the broad ecosystem of MOLLE pouches, straps, and mounts already in most overlanders' kits, so there is no proprietary accessory system to buy into.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSteel Reinforcement for a Composite Bed\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 4th Gen Tacoma uses a factory composite bed that can flex and crack under the torsional stress of rough or uneven terrain. The C4 Fabrication Bed Side MOLLE Panels are made from heavy-duty steel and mount directly to the bed walls, adding structural reinforcement that reduces that flex. The practical payoff is a bed that holds up better on washboard roads and rocky trails without requiring a full bed liner or aftermarket bed replacement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eNo Compromises on Factory Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe panels are designed to retain access to the factory storage compartments and electrical connections built into the 4th Gen Tacoma bed, and they include cutouts for the OEM bed lights. Factory tie-down points are also preserved, so existing cargo management setups continue to work. For owners who want to extend coverage to the cab wall of the bed, the panels are compatible with C4 Fabrication's Tacoma Bed Cab MOLLE Panels, which can be added to maximize the total mounting surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMOLLE-compatible grid:\u003c\/strong\u003e accepts standard MOLLE pouches, straps, and mounts for organizing recovery tools and overland gear\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-duty steel construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2-stage hammer black powder coat finish for corrosion and abrasion resistance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBed reinforcement:\u003c\/strong\u003e adds structural rigidity to the factory composite bed to reduce flex and cracking on rough terrain\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOEM feature retention:\u003c\/strong\u003e cutouts for factory bed lights; retains access to OEM storage compartments, electrical connections, and factory tie-down points\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrecise 4th Gen fitment:\u003c\/strong\u003e contoured to match the 2024–2026 Toyota Tacoma bed profile; compatible with all Tacoma sub-models\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExpandable system:\u003c\/strong\u003e compatible with C4 Fabrication Tacoma Bed Cab MOLLE Panels for full bed coverage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eHeavy-duty steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e2-stage hammer black powder coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e2024–2026 Toyota Tacoma (4th Gen), all sub-models\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eSold As\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eComplete driver side or passenger side assembly (select side at purchase)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eInstallation\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eRequires drilling and rivet nut applications; estimated 20 minutes per side\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eOrigin\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMade in USA\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThese panels suit 2024–2026 Toyota Tacoma owners across all sub-models who want to add organized, MOLLE-compatible gear storage to their bed walls, reinforce the factory composite bed for off-road use, and keep the factory bed lights, tie-down points, and storage compartments fully functional.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThese panels do not fit any Tacoma generation other than the 4th Gen (2024–2026). Installation requires drilling and rivet nut applications, so a drill-free or fully reversible install is not possible with this product. Quick Fist Mounts are available as a separate add-on and are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDo I need to buy both sides at once, or can I purchase just one side?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication 4th Gen Tacoma Bed Side MOLLE Panels are sold as individual side assemblies: driver side and passenger side are separate SKUs. You can purchase one side to start and add the other later, or buy both at the same time to outfit the full bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDoes installing these panels require drilling into the truck bed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eYes. Installing the Bed Side MOLLE Panels requires drilling and rivet nut applications. The estimated install time is approximately 20 minutes per side. Professional installation is an option for owners who prefer not to drill themselves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWill these panels block the factory bed lights, tie-down points, or storage compartments?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eNo. The C4 Fabrication Bed Side MOLLE Panels include cutouts for the OEM bed lights and are designed to retain access to the factory storage compartments, electrical connections, and factory tie-down points built into the 4th Gen Tacoma bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eAre these panels compatible with standard MOLLE accessories?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eYes. The Bed Side MOLLE Panels use a standard MOLLE grid pattern, compatible with the wide range of MOLLE pouches, straps, and mounts available from most outdoor and overlanding gear brands. No proprietary mounting system is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eCan these panels be combined with other C4 Fabrication bed storage products?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eYes. The Bed Side MOLLE Panels are compatible with C4 Fabrication's Tacoma Bed Cab MOLLE Panels, which mount to the cab wall of the bed. Adding the Bed Cab panels extends the MOLLE mounting surface to cover more of the bed interior.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"C4 Fabrication","offers":[{"title":"Driver Side","offer_id":50621671702598,"sku":"1224-70300","price":289.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Passenger Side","offer_id":50621671735366,"sku":"1224-70310","price":289.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/4th-Gen-Tacoma-side-molle-driver-side.jpg?v=1791936056"},{"product_id":"c4-fabrication-billet-aluminum-winch-fairlead","title":"C4 Fabrication Billet Aluminum Winch Fairlead","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication Winch Fairlead is CNC machined from 7075-T6 billet aluminum for use with synthetic rope winches, delivering tighter tolerances and greater material consistency than cast fairleads. A patented interlocking design secures the shackle when not in use, and third-party lab testing verifies load ratings of 30,000 lb for the Closed Shackle variant and 20,000 lb for the Open Shackle variant. Both configurations share the same black anodized finish with laser-etched detailing and include color-matched black stainless steel mounting hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMachined, Not Cast\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCNC machining from 7075-T6 billet aluminum produces tighter dimensional tolerances than casting, which means the rope channel and shackle seat are consistent part to part rather than varying with mold wear or pour quality. In a recovery situation where a winch line is under load and changing direction, that consistency matters: the rope tracks predictably, reducing the risk of binding or uneven wear on the line. The same machining process also allows maximum material thickness to be maintained exactly where stress concentrates, rather than relying on a casting's variable wall thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRated and Third-Party Verified\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth shackle configurations have been independently tested and verified by a third-party laboratory under extreme load conditions. The Closed Shackle version carries a 30,000 lb rating; the Open Shackle version is rated to 20,000 lb. Knowing a specific load figure, backed by independent testing, lets a buyer match the fairlead to the winch and vehicle weight with confidence rather than relying on a general \"heavy duty\" claim.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eShackle Secured, Profile Kept Low\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe patented interlocking design holds the shackle in place when the winch is not in use, preventing rattling and keeping the shackle from swinging into the bumper or rope during travel. The low-profile geometry minimizes how far the fairlead protrudes from the bumper face, which matters on builds where approach angle or bumper clearance is already tight. Black anodized coating resists corrosion and UV degradation, and the laser-etched detailing is part of the anodized surface rather than a painted-on label that can chip or fade.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e7075-T6 Billet Aluminum Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e CNC machined for tighter tolerances than cast alternatives\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePatented Interlocking Shackle Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e secures the shackle when not in use to prevent rattle and movement\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThird-Party Lab Tested:\u003c\/strong\u003e Closed Shackle rated 30,000 lb; Open Shackle rated 20,000 lb\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack Anodized Finish with Laser Etching:\u003c\/strong\u003e resists wear, corrosion, and UV exposure\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes Color-Matched Hardware:\u003c\/strong\u003e black stainless steel mounting bolts and washers included\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in USA:\u003c\/strong\u003e manufactured domestically by C4 Fabrication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eClosed Shackle\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eOpen Shackle\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd colspan=\"2\"\u003e7075-T6 Billet Aluminum\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd colspan=\"2\"\u003eBlack Anodized with Laser Etching\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eHardware Included\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd colspan=\"2\"\u003eColor-matched black stainless steel bolts and washers\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eLoad Rating (Third-Party Tested)\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e30,000 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e20,000 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWinch Line Compatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd colspan=\"2\"\u003eSynthetic rope only\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd colspan=\"2\"\u003eUniversal, compatible with most winch applications\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eOrigin\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd colspan=\"2\"\u003eMade in USA\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eAC9910590NA\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eAC9910690NA\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication Winch Fairlead suits overlanders and off-road drivers running synthetic rope winches who want a low-profile, independently load-rated fairlead with a secure shackle-retention system. The universal mounting pattern makes it compatible with most winch bumper setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThis fairlead is designed for synthetic rope winches only and is not compatible with wire rope or steel cable winches. It is a universal-fit part and is not engineered for any specific vehicle make, model, or bumper brand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat is the difference between the Closed Shackle and Open Shackle versions?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe two C4 Fabrication Winch Fairlead configurations differ in shackle geometry and load rating. The Closed Shackle version is third-party rated to 30,000 lb; the Open Shackle version is rated to 20,000 lb. Both use the same patented interlocking design to secure the shackle when the winch is not in use, and both are CNC machined from 7075-T6 billet aluminum with the same black anodized finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eIs this fairlead compatible with wire rope or steel cable winches?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication Winch Fairlead is designed for synthetic rope winches only. It is not intended for use with wire rope or steel cable winch lines. Buyers running a wire rope winch should select a roller fairlead rated for that application instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat hardware is included with the fairlead?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eEach C4 Fabrication Winch Fairlead ships with color-matched black stainless steel mounting bolts and washers. No additional hardware is required for a standard installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eHow is the fairlead installed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eInstallation involves positioning the C4 Fabrication Winch Fairlead over the bumper's winch fairlead mounting holes, then feeding the provided bolts and washers from front to back and tightening them down. The fairlead should be aligned so the winch line runs straight to the winch drum without contacting any sharp edges of the bumper. Professional installation is recommended if you are unfamiliar with winch system assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eHow has the load rating been verified?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eBoth shackle configurations of the C4 Fabrication Winch Fairlead have been independently tested and verified by a third-party laboratory under extreme load conditions. The Closed Shackle version is rated to 30,000 lb and the Open Shackle version to 20,000 lb.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"C4 Fabrication","offers":[{"title":"Closed Shackle","offer_id":50621681107014,"sku":"AC9910590NA","price":249.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Open Shackle","offer_id":50621681139782,"sku":"AC9910690NA","price":249.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/C4-Winch-Fairlead-Closed-and-Open-Hook-1.jpg?v=1791936186"},{"product_id":"c4-fabrication-6th-gen-4runner-rock-slider-steps","title":"C4 Fabrication 6th Gen 4Runner Rock Slider Steps","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication 6th Gen 4Runner Rock Slider Steps are frame-mounted steel rock sliders built for 2025–2026 Toyota 4Runner, all trim levels. A 2\" × 2\" square main tube paired with 1-3\/4\" OD DOM round tubing forms the core structure. Mounting plates bolt to both the side and bottom of each frame rail (four mounting points per slider) for maximum strength when the trail gets technical. Integrated step plates with stainless steel traction surfaces double as a secure step for reaching roof-mounted gear.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrame-Mounted for Maximum Strength\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost rock sliders attach to the frame at a single plane. These sliders mount to both the side and the bottom of the frame rail, creating four attachment points per side. That dual-plane connection distributes impact loads across a wider section of the frame rather than concentrating stress at a single bracket. The difference is most apparent when a rock catches a slider at an angle rather than straight on. The result is a slider that stays planted under the vehicle instead of flexing away from the rocker panel it's protecting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilt to Protect Rocker Panels on Technical Terrain\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 2\" × 2\" square main tube and 1-3\/4\" OD DOM round tubing are sized to absorb and deflect impacts from rocks, ruts, and trail obstacles before they reach the 4Runner's rocker panels. DOM (drawn over mandrel) tubing is produced to tighter dimensional tolerances than standard ERW tube, which translates to more consistent wall thickness and predictable strength at impact points. Rocker damage on a 4Runner is expensive to repair and can compromise door sealing. Sliders that take the hit instead keep repair costs off the trail.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eStainless Steel Grip Plates and Step Utility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe step section of each slider uses a stainless steel traction plate rather than a stamped texture or grip tape. Stainless grip plates maintain traction in mud and rain where surface textures can pack with debris and become slick. That step utility is practical beyond trail use: reaching a roof rack or rooftop tent is easier with a stable, full-width step at rocker height than from the ground or a tire.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMade in the USA, All Hardware Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese rock sliders are manufactured in the United States. Every bolt, nut, and bracket needed for installation ships with the sliders. No separate hardware kit is required. Installation can be completed by one person, though a second set of hands makes positioning easier. Raw steel versions must be painted or powder coated before installation to prevent rust; C4 Fabrication recommends test-fitting the sliders before sending them out for coating to confirm alignment and fitment first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual-plane frame mounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e plates bolt to both the side and bottom of the frame rail, four points per slider\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2\" × 2\" square main tube:\u003c\/strong\u003e primary structural member sized for rock and rut impacts\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1-3\/4\" OD DOM round tubing:\u003c\/strong\u003e drawn-over-mandrel construction for consistent wall thickness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel traction plates:\u003c\/strong\u003e grip plates on the step section maintain traction in wet and muddy conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAll hardware included:\u003c\/strong\u003e every fastener needed for installation ships with the sliders\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in the USA:\u003c\/strong\u003e manufactured domestically\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMain Tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e2\" × 2\" square tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eRound Tubing\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e1-3\/4\" OD DOM\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eStep Traction Surface\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eStainless steel grip plates\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMounting Points\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e4 per slider (side and bottom of frame rail)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eHardware\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eAll installation hardware included\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eFinish Options\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eRaw (bare steel) · Powder Coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e2025–2026 Toyota 4Runner (6th Gen), all trim levels\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eCountry of Origin\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eUSA\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThese sliders suit 2025–2026 Toyota 4Runner owners across all trim levels who run technical off-road terrain where rocker panel contact with rocks or ruts is a realistic risk, and who want a frame-mounted slider that also functions as a step for roof-rack access.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThese sliders do not fit any 4Runner generation other than the 6th Gen (2025–2026). Raw finish sliders require paint or powder coating before installation and are not ready to bolt on as delivered. Buyers who want a finished, corrosion-resistant surface at install should select the Powder Coat variant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat years and trim levels do these rock sliders fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication 6th Gen 4Runner Rock Slider Steps fit 2025 and 2026 Toyota 4Runner across all trim levels. They are designed specifically for the 6th Gen platform and do not fit earlier 4Runner generations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhy do these sliders mount to both the side and bottom of the frame?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eMounting to both the side and the bottom of the frame rail creates four attachment points per slider and distributes impact loads across two planes. This dual-plane connection keeps the slider from flexing away from the rocker panel under lateral or angled rock strikes, which is where single-plane sliders typically show weakness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDo I need to do anything to the raw steel version before installing it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eYes. Raw finish sliders ship as bare steel and must be painted or powder coated before installation to prevent rust. C4 Fabrication recommends test-fitting the sliders on the vehicle first to confirm alignment before sending them out for coating. This avoids the need to re-coat if any adjustment is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat is included, and how difficult is the installation?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eAll hardware required for installation ships with the C4 Fabrication 6th Gen 4Runner Rock Slider Steps. No separate hardware kit is needed. One person can complete the install, but a second set of hands makes positioning the sliders easier. An installation guide is available for download from C4 Fabrication.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat makes DOM tubing different from standard tubing?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eDOM stands for drawn over mandrel, a cold-drawing process that produces tubing with tighter dimensional tolerances and more consistent wall thickness than standard electric-resistance-welded (ERW) tube. The 1-3\/4\" OD DOM round tubing used in these sliders delivers more predictable strength at impact points compared to lower-tolerance alternatives.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"C4 Fabrication","offers":[{"title":"Raw","offer_id":50621684613190,"sku":"1125-20200","price":1299.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Powder Coat","offer_id":50621684645958,"sku":"1125-20200-01NA","price":1449.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/6th-Gen-4Runner-Rock-Slider-Steps-1.jpg?v=1791936318"},{"product_id":"c4-fabrication-6th-gen-4runner-differential-skid-plate","title":"C4 Fabrication 6th Gen 4Runner Differential Skid Plate","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication Differential Skid Plate for the 2025+ Toyota 4Runner (6th Gen) is a 3\/16-inch mild steel skid plate that shields the rear differential, driveshaft yoke, and U-joint from rock strikes and trail debris. Weighing 22 lb and made in the USA, it is available in two finish options and two drivetrain configurations to match either the iForce 2.4L 4-Cyl. Turbo or the iForce MAX Hybrid powertrain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCoverage Where It Counts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rear differential is one of the most exposed and expensive components on the underside of a 4Runner. A direct rock strike on the diff cover can crack it open and leave the vehicle stranded on the trail. The C4 Fabrication skid plate wraps the differential and extends forward to cover the driveshaft yoke and U-joint. Both are additional failure points that are often left unprotected by factory underbody shielding. Covering all three in a single plate means fewer gaps for rocks and debris to find.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003e3\/16-Inch Mild Steel Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt 3\/16-inch thickness, the mild steel plate provides meaningful impact resistance without the bulk of heavier armor. The 22 lb weight keeps the addition to the vehicle's underside manageable while still delivering the rigidity needed to deflect rocks rather than flex around them. All mounting hardware is included, and installation can be completed by one person using the downloadable install guide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFinish Options and Pre-Installation Note\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe powder coat finish is ready to install and provides corrosion protection out of the box. The raw (bare steel) finish requires painting or powder coating before installation to prevent rust. Test-fitting the plate before sending it out for coating confirms alignment and fitment. Both finish options are available for each drivetrain variant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtended forward coverage:\u003c\/strong\u003e protects the driveshaft yoke and U-joint in addition to the rear differential\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3\/16-inch mild steel:\u003c\/strong\u003e impact-resistant construction rated for trail use\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e22 lb weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e substantial protection without excessive added mass\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAll mounting hardware included:\u003c\/strong\u003e no sourcing additional fasteners\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in the USA:\u003c\/strong\u003e manufactured by C4 Fabrication\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrivetrain-specific fitment:\u003c\/strong\u003e separate variants for iForce 2.4L Turbo and iForce MAX Hybrid with Automatic Transmission\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e3\/16-inch mild steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e22 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eFinish Options\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eRaw (bare steel) \/ Powder Coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eHardware\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eAll mounting hardware included\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e2025+ Toyota 4Runner (6th Gen)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eDrivetrain Compatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eiForce 2.4L 4-Cyl. Turbo w\/ Automatic Transmission; iForce MAX Hybrid w\/ Automatic Transmission\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eCountry of Origin\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMade in USA\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThis skid plate is designed for 2025+ Toyota 4Runner (6th Gen) owners who wheel on rocky or technical terrain and want dedicated protection for the rear differential, driveshaft yoke, and U-joint. It suits both the iForce 2.4L 4-Cyl. Turbo and iForce MAX Hybrid drivetrains when the correct variant is selected at purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThis plate does not fit any 4Runner generation prior to the 6th Gen (2025+). Buyers choosing the raw finish should plan for painting or powder coating before installation. The bare steel will rust without a protective coating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhich drivetrain variant should I order?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication 4Runner Differential Skid Plate is available in two drivetrain-specific versions: one for the iForce 2.4L 4-Cyl. Turbo with Automatic Transmission and one for the iForce MAX Hybrid with Automatic Transmission. Select the variant that matches your 4Runner's powertrain at checkout, as the two configurations are not interchangeable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDoes the raw finish need any preparation before I install it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eYes. The raw finish ships as bare steel and must be painted or powder coated before installation to prevent rust. Test-fitting the differential skid plate first to verify alignment and fitment, then sending it out for coating before final installation, is the recommended approach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat components does this skid plate protect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication 4Runner Differential Skid Plate covers the rear differential and extends forward to shield the driveshaft yoke and U-joint. This extended coverage addresses multiple vulnerable points in a single plate, reducing the risk of a rock strike cracking the diff cover or damaging the driveshaft assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eCan I install this skid plate myself?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eInstallation of the C4 Fabrication Differential Skid Plate can be completed by one person. All mounting hardware is included, and a downloadable install guide is available to walk through the process.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat is included with the skid plate?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication 4Runner Differential Skid Plate ships with all mounting hardware required for installation. No additional fasteners need to be sourced separately.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"C4 Fabrication","offers":[{"title":"Raw \/ iForce 2.4L 4-Cyl. Turbo w\/ Automatic Transmission","offer_id":50621688905798,"sku":"1125-52300","price":349.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Raw \/ iForce MAX Hybrid w\/ Automatic Transmission","offer_id":50621688938566,"sku":"1125-52400","price":349.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Powder Coat \/ iForce 2.4L 4-Cyl. Turbo w\/ Automatic Transmission","offer_id":50621688971334,"sku":"1125-52300-01NA","price":399.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Powder Coat \/ iForce MAX Hybrid w\/ Automatic Transmission","offer_id":50621689004102,"sku":"1125-52400-01NA","price":399.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/6th-Gen-4Runner-Differential-Skid-1.jpg?v=1791936418"},{"product_id":"c4-fabrication-lexus-gx-550-low-profile-aluminum-roof-rack","title":"C4 Fabrication Lexus GX 550 Low-Profile Aluminum Roof Rack","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication Lexus GX 550 Roof Rack is an aluminum bolt-on mounting platform engineered specifically for the 2024-and-newer Lexus GX 550, providing a rigid, low-profile foundation for rooftop tents, awnings, lighting, and overland accessories. Nine extruded aluminum crossmembers with integrated mounting slots run the full width of the rack, and the system bolts directly to factory mounting points with no drilling required. Two fairing variants are available: a solid fairing and a version with a cutout sized for a front-mounted 40-inch light bar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAluminum Build, Minimal Height Penalty\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe all-aluminum construction keeps the rack's own mass low, which matters on a vehicle already carrying a full overland kit. Less weight above the roofline means less effect on handling and fuel economy over long hauls. More practically, the rack adds only 1\/4 inch of total height above the factory antenna, so clearance in garages, carports, and low-canopy trails stays close to stock. That low profile is not a compromise on rigidity: the extruded crossmember design delivers the stiffness needed to carry a rooftop tent or a loaded awning without flex.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eNine Crossmembers, Integrated Tie-Downs, Room to Grow\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNine extruded aluminum crossmembers span the rack's width, each with integrated mounting slots that accept standard T-bolt hardware. That slot system lets gear, lighting pods, antenna mounts, and flag mounts be positioned and repositioned without drilling new holes, a practical benefit as a build evolves over time. Integrated tie-down points are built into the perimeter frame, giving secure anchor locations for straps without relying on the crossmember slots alone. The rack is also expandable with C4 Fabrication accessories, including optional Illuminator light mounts and a universal 40-inch straight or curved light bar mount (or up to ten pod lights) available as separate add-ons.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBolt-On Installation, Sunroof Retained\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rack attaches to the GX 550's factory mounting points with no drilling into the roof or body panels, which keeps the vehicle's structure intact and simplifies removal if the rack needs to come off. The factory sunroof remains fully operational after installation, which matters for buyers who use the GX 550 as a daily driver as well as an overland vehicle. Because of the rack's size, C4 Fabrication recommends two or more people for installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAluminum construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e extruded aluminum crossmembers and frame keep weight low while maintaining rigidity for tents, awnings, and loaded accessories\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNine crossmembers with mounting slots:\u003c\/strong\u003e integrated T-slot system allows flexible, tool-adjustable positioning of gear and accessories across the full rack width\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated tie-down points:\u003c\/strong\u003e perimeter tie-down anchors built into the frame for secure cargo management independent of the crossmember slots\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1\/4-inch height addition:\u003c\/strong\u003e adds only 1\/4 inch of total height above the factory antenna, preserving near-stock clearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBolt-on, no-drill installation:\u003c\/strong\u003e mounts to factory points on the 2024+ GX 550 with no cutting or drilling required\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSunroof compatible:\u003c\/strong\u003e factory sunroof remains fully functional after installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptional light bar cutout:\u003c\/strong\u003e 40-inch Lightbar Cutout variant includes a precision-formed fairing opening for a front-mounted 40-inch straight or curved light bar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSolid Fairing\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003e40\" Lightbar Cutout\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e1624-70100\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e1624-70110\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eAluminum\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eAluminum\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eCrossmembers\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e9 extruded aluminum with integrated mounting slots\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e9 extruded aluminum with integrated mounting slots\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eShipping Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e84 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e86 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eHeight Addition\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e1\/4 in above factory antenna\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e1\/4 in above factory antenna\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eInstallation\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eBolt-on to factory mounting points, no drilling; 2+ people recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eBolt-on to factory mounting points, no drilling; 2+ people recommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eSunroof Compatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eCompatible\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eCompatible\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e2024+ Lexus GX 550\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e2024+ Lexus GX 550\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eOrigin\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMade in USA\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMade in USA\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThis rack suits 2024-and-newer Lexus GX 550 owners building an overland or utility setup who want a low-profile, no-drill aluminum platform for rooftop tents, awnings, lighting, and gear, particularly those who want to retain the factory sunroof and keep near-stock roof clearance. The 40-inch Lightbar Cutout variant is the right choice for buyers planning to run a front-mounted 40-inch straight or curved light bar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThis rack does not fit any Lexus GX generation other than the 2024+ GX 550, and it does not fit other makes or models. Light mounts, light bars, and pod-light mounting hardware are not included and are sold separately as optional add-ons.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDoes this roof rack work with the GX 550's factory sunroof?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eYes. The C4 Fabrication GX 550 Roof Rack is confirmed compatible with the factory sunroof, which remains fully operational after installation. The rack's bolt-on design attaches to factory mounting points without modifying the roof panel or sunroof mechanism.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDoes installation require drilling into the roof?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eNo drilling is required. The GX 550 Roof Rack bolts directly to the vehicle's factory mounting points, leaving the roof and body panels unmodified. Because of the rack's size, C4 Fabrication recommends having two or more people on hand for the installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat is the difference between the Solid and 40-inch Lightbar Cutout variants?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eBoth variants are otherwise identical aluminum roof racks for the 2024+ Lexus GX 550. The Solid variant has a continuous precision-formed fairing. The 40-inch Lightbar Cutout variant has an opening in the fairing sized to accommodate a front-mounted 40-inch straight or curved light bar; it ships at 86 lb versus 84 lb for the Solid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eAre light mounts and light bars included with the rack?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eLight mounts and light bars are not included. The GX 550 Roof Rack is compatible with optional C4 Fabrication Illuminator light mounts and with mounting hardware for a universal 40-inch straight or curved light bar or up to ten pod lights, all of which are sold separately as add-ons.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eHow many crossmembers does the rack have, and can gear be repositioned?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe rack has nine extruded aluminum crossmembers, each with integrated mounting slots. The slot system allows accessories, lighting, antenna mounts, and flag mounts to be positioned and repositioned across the rack's width without drilling, so the layout can be adjusted as a build changes over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"C4 Fabrication","offers":[{"title":"Solid","offer_id":50621691330630,"sku":"1624-70100","price":1549.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"40\" Lightbar Cutout","offer_id":50621691363398,"sku":"1624-70110","price":1599.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/1624-70110_MAIN.jpg?v=1791936555"},{"product_id":"c4-fabrication-lexus-gx-550-external-molle-panels","title":"C4 Fabrication Lexus GX 550 External MOLLE Panels","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication Lexus GX 550 External MOLLE Panels are a made-in-USA, hammer black powder-coated pair of exterior storage panels built for the 2024+ Lexus GX 550. Each panel mounts at the top to the C4 Fabrication GX 550 Roof Rack and stabilizes at the bottom with two high-strength suction cups, turning unused exterior space on both sides of the vehicle into organized, MOLLE-compatible gear-carrying surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eExterior Space That Actually Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost GX 550 builds leave the exterior flanks of the roof rack unused. The C4 Fabrication External MOLLE Panels fill that gap with a full MOLLE grid on each side, compatible with a wide range of pouches, tool mounts, and recovery accessories. Because the panels attach to the rack at the top and brace against the vehicle with suction cups at the bottom, they sit flush and low-profile rather than rattling or flexing under load. That stability matters when the trail gets rough.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eReady for RotopaX and Quick Fist Add-Ons\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach panel includes integrated mounting provisions for a RotopaX mount, supporting up to a 2-gallon RotopaX fuel or water container per side. That means an overlander can carry an extra 4 gallons of fuel or water split across both panels without touching interior cargo space. Quick Fist mounts (sold separately) can also be added to secure handled tools and trail gear that don't fit a standard MOLLE pouch. Both add-ons are available separately; the panels are engineered to accept them without drilling or modification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHammer Black Powder Coat Built for the Field\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe hammer black powder coat finish handles UV exposure, trail debris, and weather while maintaining a clean look that complements factory and aftermarket GX 550 builds. The finish is applied to both panels before they leave the C4 Fabrication facility in the USA. Installation is estimated at 20 minutes once the required roof rack is in place, with no permanent modifications to the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMOLLE Pattern:\u003c\/strong\u003e compatible with a wide range of pouches, tool mounts, and recovery accessories\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual-Point Mount:\u003c\/strong\u003e top attaches to the C4 Fabrication GX 550 Roof Rack; bottom secured by two high-strength suction cups per side\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRotopaX Provisions:\u003c\/strong\u003e integrated mounting points accept a RotopaX mount (sold separately) for up to a 2-gallon container per side\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuick Fist Compatible:\u003c\/strong\u003e add-on Quick Fist mounts support handled tools and trail gear\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSold as a Pair:\u003c\/strong\u003e both driver- and passenger-side panels included\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in USA:\u003c\/strong\u003e hammer black powder coat finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e2024+ Lexus GX 550\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eHammer black powder coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eQuantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eSold as a pair (2 panels)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eRequired Accessory\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eC4 Fabrication Lexus GX 550 Roof Rack (sold separately)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eBottom Mount\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eTwo high-strength suction cups per side (included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eRotopaX Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eUp to 2-gallon RotopaX container per side (mount sold separately)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eEstimated Install Time\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e20 minutes (with roof rack already installed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eOrigin\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMade in USA\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e1624-70200\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThese panels suit 2024+ Lexus GX 550 owners who have installed (or plan to install) the C4 Fabrication GX 550 Roof Rack and want to add organized exterior gear storage on both sides of the vehicle without permanent modifications. They work well for overlanders who carry recovery gear, fuel, or water and need that load off the interior floor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThese panels do not fit any vehicle other than the 2024+ Lexus GX 550, and they cannot be installed without the C4 Fabrication Lexus GX 550 Roof Rack already in place. The RotopaX mount and RotopaX containers are not included and must be purchased separately. Quick Fist mounts are also sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDo these panels require any other C4 Fabrication products to install?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication Lexus GX 550 External MOLLE Panels require the C4 Fabrication Lexus GX 550 Roof Rack to be installed first. The panels mount to the rack at the top and brace against the vehicle with two high-strength suction cups per side at the bottom. The roof rack is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eAre the panels sold individually or as a pair?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication GX 550 External MOLLE Panels are sold as a pair. One purchase includes both the driver-side and passenger-side panels, covering exterior storage on both sides of the vehicle simultaneously.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eCan I mount a RotopaX fuel or water container to these panels?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eEach C4 Fabrication GX 550 External MOLLE Panel includes integrated mounting provisions that accept a RotopaX mount, supporting up to a 2-gallon RotopaX fuel or water container per side. The RotopaX mount and containers are sold separately and are not included with the panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat MOLLE-compatible accessories can I attach?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication GX 550 External MOLLE Panels are compatible with a wide range of standard MOLLE pouches, tool mounts, and recovery accessories. Quick Fist mounts (sold separately) can also be added to secure handled tools and trail gear that don't fit a standard MOLLE pouch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eHow long does installation take?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eC4 Fabrication estimates installation of the GX 550 External MOLLE Panels at approximately 20 minutes once the required C4 Fabrication GX 550 Roof Rack is already in place on the vehicle. No permanent modifications to the vehicle are required.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"C4 Fabrication","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50621694672966,"sku":"1624-70200","price":589.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/1624-70200_MAIN.jpg?v=1791936676"},{"product_id":"c4-fabrication-lexus-gx-550-rear-window-molle-panel-add-on-shelf","title":"C4 Fabrication Lexus GX 550 Rear Window MOLLE Panel Add-On Shelf","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication Add-On Shelf expands the cargo storage capacity of the 2024+ Lexus GX 550 by mounting directly to the C4 Rear Window MOLLE Panel System and converting unused rear window area into a functional, gear-ready platform. The shelf mounts at adjustable heights along the MOLLE panels and provides mounting options on both its top and bottom surfaces. Requires C4 Rear Window MOLLE Panels (Part #1624-70210), sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAdjustable Height Keeps Gear Layouts Flexible\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Add-On Shelf can be positioned at multiple heights along the Rear Window MOLLE Panels, so the clearance above and below the shelf changes with whatever gear is loaded that day. A low-profile recovery kit, a taller first-aid bag, or a combination of both can each be accommodated without rearranging the panel system itself. That adjustability means the shelf works with how the GX 550's cargo area actually gets used, not just how it looked in a showroom.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDual-Surface Mounting Doubles Usable Space\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth the top and bottom surfaces of the shelf carry MOLLE-compatible mounting options, so the platform works in two directions at once. Tools, recovery equipment, and MOLLE accessories can be secured to the underside while the top surface holds larger or heavier items. The MOLLE pattern is compatible with a range of attachment systems, including Quick Fist mounts, giving owners flexibility to configure the shelf with gear they already carry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilt for Off-Road Use with a Clean Finish\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe shelf is finished in Hammer Black powder coat, which holds up to the abrasion and moisture that come with trail use while keeping a consistent, factory-integrated appearance inside the GX 550's cargo area. Installation onto the C4 Rear Window MOLLE Panel System takes approximately 20 minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable mounting height:\u003c\/strong\u003e positions at multiple heights along the C4 Rear Window MOLLE Panels\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual-surface mounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e MOLLE-compatible options on both top and bottom surfaces of the shelf\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBroad attachment compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e works with a range of MOLLE attachment systems, including Quick Fist mounts\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHammer Black powder coat:\u003c\/strong\u003e durable finish suited to off-road and trail conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFast installation:\u003c\/strong\u003e approximately 20-minute install onto the C4 Rear Window MOLLE Panel System\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in USA:\u003c\/strong\u003e manufactured by C4 Fabrication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eHammer Black powder coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e38 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e2024+ Lexus GX 550\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eRequired Base Component\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eC4 Rear Window MOLLE Panel System, Part #1624-70210 (sold separately)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eEstimated Install Time\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e~20 minutes\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e1624-70220\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eCountry of Origin\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eUSA\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThis shelf suits 2024+ Lexus GX 550 owners who have already installed or are purchasing the C4 Rear Window MOLLE Panel System (Part #1624-70210) and want to add a structured, adjustable cargo platform to the rear cargo area for overlanding, off-road travel, or organized trail-gear storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThis shelf does not fit any vehicle other than the 2024+ Lexus GX 550, and it cannot be installed without the C4 Rear Window MOLLE Panel System (Part #1624-70210). The base panel system is not included and must be purchased separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDoes this shelf work without the C4 Rear Window MOLLE Panels already installed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eNo. The C4 Fabrication Add-On Shelf mounts directly to the C4 Rear Window MOLLE Panel System (Part #1624-70210), which is required for installation and sold separately. The shelf has no independent mounting points for the GX 550's cargo area on its own.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eCan gear be attached to both the top and bottom of the shelf?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eYes. The Add-On Shelf provides MOLLE-compatible mounting options on both its top and bottom surfaces, so tools, recovery gear, and MOLLE accessories can be secured to either side simultaneously, effectively doubling the usable mounting area of the shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat attachment systems are compatible with this shelf?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe shelf uses a standard MOLLE-compatible pattern that works with a wide range of attachment systems. Quick Fist mounts are specifically noted as compatible. Other MOLLE accessories designed to the standard MOLLE webbing specification are also supported.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eHow long does installation take?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eInstallation of the C4 Fabrication Add-On Shelf onto the C4 Rear Window MOLLE Panel System takes approximately 20 minutes. An install guide is available for download from C4 Fabrication's product page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat finish does the shelf come in?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Add-On Shelf comes in a Hammer Black powder coat finish, which is designed to withstand off-road conditions and maintain a consistent appearance inside the GX 550's cargo area.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"C4 Fabrication","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50621702340678,"sku":"1624-70220","price":414.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/1624-70220_MAIN.jpg?v=1791936873"},{"product_id":"c4-fabrication-fuel-tank-skid-plate-for-6th-gen-toyota-4runner","title":"C4 Fabrication Fuel Tank Skid Plate for 6th Gen Toyota 4Runner","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication Fuel Tank Skid Plate is a frame-mounted steel undercarriage guard built for the 6th Generation Toyota 4Runner (2025 and newer), protecting the fuel tank from rocks, trail debris, and hard impacts on rough terrain. Constructed from 3\/16-inch P\u0026amp;O steel plate and weighing 57 lb, it replaces inadequate factory protection with a solid-bottom design that mounts directly to the frame. It is available in Raw (bare steel) or Powder Coat finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFrame-Mounted for Real Impact Resistance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe C4 Fabrication fuel tank skid plate mounts directly to the 4Runner's frame rather than to body panels or crossmembers, which means impacts transfer to the strongest part of the chassis instead of flexing or tearing away from lighter attachment points. At 3\/16-inch P\u0026amp;O (pickled and oiled) steel plate, the skid is substantially thicker than typical factory underbody protection, giving the fuel tank a meaningful buffer against rock strikes and ledge impacts that would dent or puncture a thinner guard. That combination of frame attachment and material thickness is what separates purpose-built trail armor from stock coverage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSolid Bottom, Draining Sides\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe skid plate uses a solid bottom plate across its full span, so there are no gaps or cutouts underneath the fuel tank where a rock could sneak through. Integrated archways cut into the sides of the skid allow water, mud, and debris to drain out during and after trail use, preventing the buildup that can trap moisture against the tank and undercarriage over time. That drainage geometry means the skid does its job on the trail without creating a catch basin that accelerates corrosion between runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBolt-On Installation, No Cutting Required\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe fuel tank skid plate is a 100% bolt-on design and includes all required mounting hardware. No cutting, drilling, or modification to the 4Runner is required for installation. Buyers choosing the Raw finish should paint or powder coat the skid before installation to prevent rust; C4 Fabrication recommends test-fitting the skid first to confirm alignment before sending it out for coating. The Powder Coat finish is ready to install as delivered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame-mounted attachment:\u003c\/strong\u003e bolts directly to the 4Runner's frame for superior strength and impact resistance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3\/16-inch P\u0026amp;O steel plate construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e heavy-duty material providing substantial protection against rocks and trail debris\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSolid bottom plate:\u003c\/strong\u003e full-coverage underside with no gaps beneath the fuel tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated side drainage archways:\u003c\/strong\u003e allow water, mud, and debris to clear without buildup\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100% bolt-on design:\u003c\/strong\u003e all mounting hardware included, no cutting or modification required\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eToyota 4Runner, 6th Generation, 2025+\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e3\/16-inch P\u0026amp;O (pickled and oiled) steel plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e57 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMounting\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eFrame-mounted, bolt-on\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eHardware\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eAll mounting hardware included\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eFinish Options\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eRaw (bare steel, requires paint or powder coat before installation); Powder Coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eCountry of Origin\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eUSA\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThis skid plate suits 6th Generation Toyota 4Runner owners (2025 and newer) who run rocky trails, forest roads, or other terrain where fuel tank strikes are a real risk and factory underbody protection is not sufficient. It is a strong fit for buyers who want a permanent, frame-mounted solution they can install themselves with basic hand tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThis skid plate fits only the 6th Generation Toyota 4Runner (2025 and newer) and does not fit any earlier 4Runner generation or other Toyota models. Buyers choosing the Raw finish should plan for an additional paint or powder coat step before installation; the skid is not corrosion-protected in its bare-steel state.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhich 4Runner years does this skid plate fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication Fuel Tank Skid Plate fits the 6th Generation Toyota 4Runner, model year 2025 and newer. It does not fit 5th Generation or earlier 4Runner models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat is the difference between the Raw and Powder Coat finish options?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Raw finish ships as bare steel and must be painted or powder coated before installation to prevent rust. C4 Fabrication recommends test-fitting the skid plate first to verify alignment, then sending it for coating. The Powder Coat finish is treated at the factory and is ready to install as delivered, with no additional finishing step required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDoes the skid plate include all the hardware needed for installation?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eYes. The C4 Fabrication Fuel Tank Skid Plate includes all required mounting hardware. No additional hardware purchases are needed, and the bolt-on design requires no cutting or modification to the 4Runner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhy is frame mounting better than factory attachment?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eMounting the fuel tank skid plate directly to the 4Runner's frame transfers impact loads to the strongest structural member of the vehicle rather than to body panels or lighter crossmembers. This reduces the risk of the skid plate tearing away or deforming under hard rock strikes, which is the failure mode more common with factory-style underbody protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWill mud and water collect inside the skid plate?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication fuel tank skid plate includes integrated drainage archways cut into its sides, which allow water, mud, and trail debris to drain out rather than accumulate inside the skid. The solid bottom plate provides full coverage beneath the tank while the side archways handle drainage during and after off-road use.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"C4 Fabrication","offers":[{"title":"Raw","offer_id":50621704011846,"sku":"1125-51200","price":499.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Powder Coat","offer_id":50621704044614,"sku":"1125-51200-01NA","price":599.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/6th-Gen-4Runner-Fuel-Tank-Skid-Plate-1.jpg?v=1791936974"},{"product_id":"c4-fabrication-5th-gen-4runner-aluminum-roof-rack-with-light-bar-mount","title":"C4 Fabrication 5th Gen 4Runner Aluminum Roof Rack with Light Bar Mount Option","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication Roof Rack for the 5th Gen Toyota 4Runner is a low-profile aluminum platform built for overlanders who need serious roof real estate without adding bulk or height. Ten extruded aluminum crossmembers with integrated mounting slots provide a rigid, configurable surface for rooftop tents, awnings, and expedition cargo. The rack is available in two fairing styles: a flat front fairing and a 40-inch light bar cutout that accepts a curved or straight universal 40-inch light bar or up to ten pod lights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eLow-Profile Aluminum Build That Earns Its Keep\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 4Runner Roof Rack adds only 1\/4 inch of total height above the factory antenna. For overlanders who park in standard garages or run trails with overhead clearance constraints, that margin matters. Aluminum construction keeps the platform light, reducing the top-heavy penalty that heavier steel racks impose on handling and fuel economy without sacrificing the structural rigidity the crossmember design provides.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBolt-On Installation, No Drilling Required\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rack mounts directly to the factory mounting points on the 5th Gen 4Runner, requiring no drilling into the roof or body panels. A true bolt-on fit means the installation is reversible and does not affect the factory sunroof. The rack is fully compatible with sunroof-equipped builds. C4 Fabrication estimates 45 minutes for installation without wiring, though two to three people are required to position and secure the rack safely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Mounting Platform That Grows with the Build\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTen extruded aluminum crossmembers run the length of the rack, each with integrated mounting slots that accept accessories at any position along the rail, with no fixed spacing to work around. Integrated tie-down points provide dedicated attachment locations for cargo. Provisions for aftermarket radio antennas and flags are built in. The rack is designed to accept additional C4 accessories, including external MOLLE panels and Illuminator Light Mounts, which are sold separately as add-ons.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAluminum construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e extruded aluminum crossmembers and frame for a lightweight, rigid platform\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTen crossmembers with mounting slots:\u003c\/strong\u003e flexible accessory and cargo positioning along the full rack length\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBolt-on factory-point installation:\u003c\/strong\u003e no drilling; compatible with factory sunroof configurations\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMinimal height addition:\u003c\/strong\u003e adds only 1\/4 inch above the factory antenna\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated tie-down points:\u003c\/strong\u003e dedicated secure attachment locations for cargo and gear\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptional 40-inch light bar cutout fairing:\u003c\/strong\u003e accepts a curved or straight universal 40-inch light bar or up to ten pod lights (Illuminator Light Mounts sold separately)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eAluminum\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eCrossmembers\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e10 extruded aluminum with integrated mounting slots\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eHeight above factory antenna\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e1\/4 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eFairing variants\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eFlat (SKU 1110-70100) \/ 40-inch Lightbar Cutout (SKU 1110-70110)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eLight bar compatibility (cutout variant)\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eUniversal 40-inch curved or straight light bar; or up to 10 pod lights\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eSunroof compatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eCompatible with factory sunroof\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eInstallation\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eBolt-on to factory mounting points; 2–3 people required; estimated 45 minutes (without wiring)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eCountry of manufacture\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eUSA\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eVehicle fitment\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eToyota 4Runner, 5th Generation, 2010–2024\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication 4Runner Roof Rack suits 5th Gen Toyota 4Runner owners (2010–2024) who want a low-profile, bolt-on aluminum platform for rooftop tents, awnings, or overland cargo, particularly builds where minimizing added height and avoiding body modifications matter. The 40-inch lightbar cutout variant is the right choice for owners planning a front-facing light bar or pod-light array.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThis rack does not fit any 4Runner generation other than the 5th Gen (2010–2024). Illuminator Light Mounts and external MOLLE panels are not included and must be purchased separately. A load rating has not been published for this rack; buyers who require a stated weight capacity for rooftop tent selection should contact C4 Fabrication directly before purchasing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDoes this roof rack work with the factory sunroof?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eYes. The C4 Fabrication 5th Gen 4Runner Roof Rack is designed to be compatible with factory sunroof configurations. The bolt-on installation uses the factory mounting points and does not require cutting or blocking the sunroof opening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDo I need to drill into the roof to install this rack?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eNo drilling is required. The 4Runner Roof Rack bolts directly to the factory mounting points on the 5th Gen 4Runner. C4 Fabrication estimates installation at approximately 45 minutes without wiring, and two to three people are needed to safely position and secure the rack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat is the difference between the Flat and 40-inch Lightbar Cutout variants?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Flat variant has a solid front fairing with no light bar provision. The 40-inch Lightbar Cutout variant includes an opening in the front fairing sized for a universal 40-inch curved or straight light bar, and it can also be configured for up to ten pod lights using Illuminator Light Mounts, which are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eCan I mount a rooftop tent on this rack?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication 4Runner Roof Rack is described as an ideal mounting solution for rooftop tents and awnings. The ten extruded aluminum crossmembers with integrated mounting slots provide flexible positioning for tent hardware. Because C4 Fabrication has not published a load rating for this rack, confirm your rooftop tent's weight against the rack's capacity before purchasing by contacting C4 Fabrication directly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eAre the MOLLE panels and light mounts included with the rack?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eNo. External MOLLE panels and Illuminator Light Mounts are sold separately as add-on accessories for the C4 Fabrication 4Runner Roof Rack. The rack itself includes the aluminum platform, crossmembers, integrated tie-down points, and the hardware needed for bolt-on installation to the factory mounting points.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"C4 Fabrication","offers":[{"title":"Flat","offer_id":50621706272838,"sku":"1110-70100","price":1299.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"40\" Lightbar Cutout","offer_id":50621706305606,"sku":"1110-70110","price":1389.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/5th-Gen-4Runner-C4-Roof-Rack-Solid.jpg?v=1791937104"},{"product_id":"c4-fabrication-4runner-rear-window-molle-panel-pair","title":"C4 Fabrication 4Runner Rear Window MOLLE Panel Pair","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication Rear Window MOLLE Panel Pair mounts to the rear side windows of the 5th Gen Toyota 4Runner (2010–2024), converting unused window real estate into organized, accessible storage for tools, recovery gear, and MOLLE-compatible accessories. Sold as a pair in a hammer black powder coat finish, these steel panels are made in the USA and install in an estimated 30 minutes with drilling and riv-nut work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCargo Space Without the Clutter\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMounting to the rear side windows rather than the floor or cargo walls, the MOLLE panels free up the load floor for larger gear while keeping frequently reached items (straps, pouches, tool mounts, lights) at hand and organized. For 4Runner builds with a sleeping platform already occupying the cargo floor, that vertical mounting surface becomes especially valuable: gear stays accessible without requiring you to move the platform or dig through a pile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Universal MOLLE Pattern That Grows With Your Build\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe panels use a standard MOLLE pattern compatible with a wide range of attachment systems, so the accessories you already own (bags, pouches, light mounts, tool holders) mount directly without adapters. Integrated provisions on each panel accept a Baja Designs dome light (one per side, sold separately), adding interior lighting exactly where cargo is being accessed. The system also accepts the C4 Fabrication Add-On MOLLE Shelf System (Part# 1110-70220, sold separately) for additional horizontal storage when the vertical surface alone isn't enough.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSteel Construction, Powder Coat Finish\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe panels are formed from steel for strength and rigidity, keeping the MOLLE grid stable under load without flexing or rattling. A hammer black powder coat finish resists corrosion and matches the functional, low-profile look of a working cargo area rather than drawing attention to itself. Both panels are made in the USA.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUniversal MOLLE pattern:\u003c\/strong\u003e compatible with a wide range of bags, pouches, tool mounts, and attachment systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSteel construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e provides strength and rigidity with a low-profile fit\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHammer black powder coat:\u003c\/strong\u003e durable corrosion-resistant finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated dome light provisions:\u003c\/strong\u003e accepts one Baja Designs dome light per side (sold separately)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExpandable:\u003c\/strong\u003e compatible with C4 Fabrication Add-On MOLLE Shelf System (Part# 1110-70220, sold separately)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in the USA:\u003c\/strong\u003e manufactured by C4 Fabrication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e1110-70210\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eSteel\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eHammer black powder coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eQuantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eSold as a pair (2 panels)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eVehicle fitment\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eToyota 4Runner, 5th Gen, 2010–2024\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMounting location\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eRear side windows\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eInstallation\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eRequires drilling and riv-nut installation; estimated 30-minute install\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eCountry of manufacture\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eUSA\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThese panels suit 5th Gen Toyota 4Runner owners (2010–2024) who want organized, accessible cargo storage, particularly builds with sleeping platforms or heavy cargo loads where floor and wall space is already committed. Overlanders and trail drivers who rely on MOLLE-compatible gear organization will find the window mounting location practical and unobtrusive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThe panels do not fit 1st, 2nd, 3rd, or 4th Gen 4Runners, or any other vehicle. Installation requires drilling and riv-nut work and is not a tool-free or reversible process. Baja Designs dome lights, the Add-On MOLLE Shelf System (Part# 1110-70220), and Quick Fist mounts are not included and must be purchased separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhich 4Runner years and generations do these panels fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication Rear Window MOLLE Panel Pair is designed specifically for the 5th Gen Toyota 4Runner, covering model years 2010 through 2024. The panels do not fit earlier 4Runner generations or other Toyota models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat tools and skills does installation require?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eInstalling the rear window MOLLE panels requires drilling and riv-nut installation; this is not a clip-in or adhesive mount. C4 Fabrication estimates approximately 30 minutes for the install. An installation guide is available for download from C4 Fabrication's product page. Professional installation is an option if you are not comfortable with drilling into the vehicle interior.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eAre the dome lights and shelf system included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eNo. The Baja Designs dome lights (one per side) and the C4 Fabrication Add-On MOLLE Shelf System (Part# 1110-70220) are sold separately. The panels include integrated mounting provisions for the dome lights and are designed to accept the shelf system, but neither accessory ships with the panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat MOLLE accessories are compatible with these panels?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe rear window MOLLE panels use a universal MOLLE pattern compatible with a wide range of bags, pouches, tool mounts, light mounts, and other MOLLE-standard attachment systems. Quick Fist mounts are listed as a compatible add-on by C4 Fabrication and are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eHow many panels are included, and what finish do they come in?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication Rear Window MOLLE Panel Pair is sold as a set of two panels, one for each rear side window. Both panels come finished in hammer black powder coat, which provides corrosion resistance and a clean, low-profile appearance in the cargo area.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"C4 Fabrication","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50621709320262,"sku":"1110-70210","price":359.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/5th-Gen-4Runner-Rear-Window-MOLLE-Panels-MAIN_e2943f52-9824.jpg?v=1791937211"},{"product_id":"c4-fabrication-4runner-rear-window-molle-panel-add-on-shelf","title":"C4 Fabrication 4Runner Rear Window MOLLE Panel Add-On Shelf","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication Add-On Shelf for Rear Window MOLLE Panels is a height-adjustable cargo shelf built exclusively for 5th Gen Toyota 4Runner owners (2010–2024) who already run the C4 Rear Window MOLLE Panel System. It bolts directly to those panels, converts unused vertical space behind the rear seats into an organized storage platform, and ships with an estimated 20-minute install. The C4 Rear Window MOLLE Panel System (Part# 1110-70210) is required and sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eConfigurable Height for Any Load-Out\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Add-On Shelf can be positioned at multiple heights along the C4 Rear Window MOLLE Panels, so the cargo layout adapts to what you're carrying: tall recovery gear one trip, a flat layer of tools the next. That adjustability means the shelf works with your existing gear rather than dictating how you pack, and it does so without permanently altering the 4Runner's interior.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDouble-Sided Mounting Surface\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth the top and bottom surfaces of the shelf accept MOLLE-compatible attachments, effectively doubling the usable mounting real estate a single panel position would otherwise provide. Bags, pouches, Quick Fist mounts, and other MOLLE accessories can be routed to whichever surface keeps them most accessible for the trail or the drive home.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHammer Black Powder Coat Finish\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe shelf is finished in hammer black powder coat, a texture that resists scratches and scuffs from daily cargo loading while blending with the 4Runner's interior trim. The result is a storage addition that looks factory-integrated rather than bolted-on, which matters when the rig doubles as a daily driver.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight-Adjustable Mounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e positions at multiple points along the C4 Rear Window MOLLE Panels to suit different cargo configurations\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTop and Bottom Mounting Surfaces:\u003c\/strong\u003e MOLLE-compatible attachment on both faces of the shelf for maximum accessory flexibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMOLLE Pattern Compatible:\u003c\/strong\u003e works with a wide range of MOLLE pouches, bags, and attachment systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHammer Black Powder Coat:\u003c\/strong\u003e durable textured finish for daily on- and off-road use\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in the USA:\u003c\/strong\u003e manufactured by C4 Fabrication\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEstimated 20-Minute Install:\u003c\/strong\u003e mounts directly to the existing C4 Rear Window MOLLE Panel System\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e1110-70220\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eHammer black powder coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eToyota 4Runner, 5th Generation, 2010–2024\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eRequired Base Component\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eC4 Rear Window MOLLE Panel System, Part# 1110-70210 (sold separately)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eEstimated Install Time\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e20 minutes\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eCountry of Origin\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eUSA\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThis shelf is for 5th Gen Toyota 4Runner owners (2010–2024) who have already installed the C4 Rear Window MOLLE Panel System and want to add a configurable, MOLLE-compatible cargo shelf to their rear cargo area for organizing recovery gear, tools, or trail supplies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThis shelf does not mount without the C4 Rear Window MOLLE Panel System (Part# 1110-70210), which is sold separately and must be installed first. It is not designed for any other 4Runner generation, any other vehicle, or any third-party MOLLE panel system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDoes this shelf work without the C4 Rear Window MOLLE Panel System already installed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eNo. The C4 Fabrication Add-On Shelf mounts directly to the C4 Rear Window MOLLE Panel System (Part# 1110-70210), which is a required base component sold separately. The shelf cannot be installed without those panels in place first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eCan I attach MOLLE accessories to both sides of the shelf?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eYes. The Add-On Shelf provides MOLLE-compatible mounting on both its top and bottom surfaces, so pouches, bags, Quick Fist mounts, and other MOLLE accessories can be attached to whichever face best suits the cargo layout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eCan I adjust the shelf height after installation?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eYes. The Add-On Shelf can be repositioned at multiple heights along the C4 Rear Window MOLLE Panels, allowing the cargo configuration to be changed as needed without permanent modification to the 4Runner's interior.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eHow long does installation take?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eC4 Fabrication estimates approximately 20 minutes to install the Add-On Shelf onto an already-installed C4 Rear Window MOLLE Panel System. An installation guide is available for download from C4 Fabrication's product page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhich 4Runner years and generations does this shelf fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication Add-On Shelf is designed specifically for the 5th Generation Toyota 4Runner, covering model years 2010 through 2024. It is not compatible with earlier or later 4Runner generations.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"C4 Fabrication","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50621711712326,"sku":"1110-70220","price":359.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/5th-Gen-4Runner-MOLLE-Storage-Shelf-main.jpg?v=1791937325"},{"product_id":"c4-fabrication-4runner-external-molle-panels-for-5th-gen-2010-2024","title":"C4 Fabrication 4Runner External MOLLE Panels for 5th Gen 2010-2024","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication External MOLLE Panels add exterior gear-carrying capacity to the 5th Gen Toyota 4Runner (2010–2024) without consuming any interior space. Sold as a pair and finished in hammer black powder coat, these panels mount directly to the C4 Fabrication 5th Gen 4Runner Roof Rack and are designed to carry tools, recovery gear, and overland accessories on the outside of the vehicle. Installation is estimated at 20 minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eExterior Storage That Leaves the Cabin Intact\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen a roof rack is already loaded with a rooftop tent or bulky gear, the C4 Fabrication External MOLLE Panels open up additional mounting real estate on the sides of the rack without touching the cargo area inside the 4Runner. Keeping tools, fuel containers, and recovery accessories on the exterior means the cabin stays clear for passengers and temperature-sensitive gear, a meaningful advantage on longer overlanding trips where space management matters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMOLLE Compatibility and RotopaX Readiness\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach panel carries a MOLLE-compatible pattern that accepts a wide range of aftermarket attachment systems, including Quick Fist mounts for handled tools and other trail essentials. The panels also come ready to accept a RotopaX mount on each side, supporting up to a 2-gallon RotopaX container per panel, plus integrated provisions for additional RotoPAX accessories. The RotopaX mount itself is not included and is sold separately; buyers who plan to run fuel or water containers should account for that in their build.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eIntegrated Fit and a Straightforward Install\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe C4 Fabrication External MOLLE Panels are engineered specifically for the C4 Fabrication 5th Gen 4Runner Roof Rack. Each panel attaches to the rack at the top and stabilizes against the window glass at the bottom using two high-strength suction cups per side. A rigid rack connection at the top combined with suction-cup stabilization at the bottom keeps the panels secure without drilling into the vehicle. The estimated install time is 20 minutes, and a downloadable install guide is available from C4 Fabrication. The hammer black powder coat finish matches the rest of the C4 armor lineup and is built to hold up in harsh outdoor conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMOLLE-Compatible Pattern:\u003c\/strong\u003e accepts a wide range of attachment systems for tools, recovery gear, and overland accessories\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRotopaX-Mount Ready:\u003c\/strong\u003e each panel supports up to a 2-gallon RotopaX container per side; RotopaX mount not included\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuick Fist and RotoPAX Accessory Provisions:\u003c\/strong\u003e integrated mounting points for handled tools and additional RotoPAX accessories\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual-Point Mounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e attaches to the C4 Fabrication roof rack at the top; two high-strength suction cups per side stabilize at the bottom\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHammer Black Powder Coat Finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e durable finish built to withstand harsh outdoor conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSold as a Pair:\u003c\/strong\u003e one panel for each side; estimated 20-minute installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e5th Gen Toyota 4Runner, 2010–2024\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eRequired Accessory\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eC4 Fabrication 5th Gen 4Runner Roof Rack\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eQuantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eSold as a pair (two panels)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eHammer Black Powder Coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMounting Method\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eRoof rack attachment at top; two high-strength suction cups per side at bottom\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eRotopaX Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eUp to 2-gallon RotopaX container per side (mount sold separately)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eEstimated Install Time\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e20 minutes\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eOrigin\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMade in USA\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThese panels suit 5th Gen Toyota 4Runner owners (2010–2024) who already run the C4 Fabrication 5th Gen 4Runner Roof Rack and want to add exterior mounting capacity for fuel containers, recovery tools, or trail accessories without giving up interior space or drilling into the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThese panels require the C4 Fabrication 5th Gen 4Runner Roof Rack for installation and will not mount to third-party or OEM racks. The RotopaX mount and any RotopaX containers are sold separately and are not included in this purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWill these MOLLE panels work with a roof rack from another brand?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eNo. The C4 Fabrication External MOLLE Panels for the 5th Gen 4Runner are engineered specifically for the C4 Fabrication 5th Gen 4Runner Roof Rack. The top-mount attachment points are designed around that rack's geometry, and the panels will not install correctly on third-party or OEM roof racks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eIs the RotopaX mount included with the panels?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eNo. Each C4 Fabrication External MOLLE Panel comes ready to accept a RotopaX mount and can support up to a 2-gallon RotopaX container per side, but the RotopaX mount itself is sold separately. Buyers planning to run fuel or water containers should add the appropriate RotopaX mount to their order.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eHow do the panels stay attached to the vehicle?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eEach C4 Fabrication External MOLLE Panel attaches to the roof rack at the top and uses two high-strength suction cups at the bottom per side to stabilize against the window glass. This two-point system creates a secure hold without requiring any drilling into the vehicle body.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eHow many panels come in the set, and how long does installation take?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication External MOLLE Panels are sold as a pair, one panel for each side of the vehicle. Installation is estimated at 20 minutes, and C4 Fabrication provides a downloadable install guide to walk through the process.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat kinds of accessories can be mounted to these panels?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe MOLLE-compatible pattern on each panel accepts a wide range of attachment systems. Supported options include Quick Fist mounts for handled tools and other trail gear, RotopaX containers (via a separately purchased RotopaX mount), and additional RotoPAX accessories using the integrated mounting provisions built into each panel.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"C4 Fabrication","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50621714956358,"sku":"1110-70200","price":589.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/5th-Gen-4Runner-Rear-Window-MOLLE-Panels-main.jpg?v=1791937442"},{"product_id":"c4-fabrication-lo-pro-rear-bumper-for-toyota-4runner-6th-gen","title":"C4 Fabrication Lo-Pro Rear Bumper for Toyota 4Runner 6th Gen","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication Lo-Pro Rear Bumper is a steel rear bumper for the 2025+ Toyota 4Runner (6th Gen, all trim levels), built to add rear protection and recovery capability while following the factory body lines closely enough to read as factory from a distance. The bumper is available in raw steel or powder coat finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eLow-Profile Steel Protection\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Lo-Pro Rear Bumper uses an 11-gauge steel outer shell paired with 3\/16 in steel mounting brackets. That combination produces a rigid structure without the visual bulk of a full-width aftermarket bumper. After the center plastic section of the factory bumper cover is trimmed, the steel sits close to the body rather than standing proud of it. For 4Runner owners who want genuine steel protection without changing the truck's silhouette, that balance matters on tight trails and in everyday parking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRecovery-Ready D-Ring Mounts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bumper includes fully welded 3\/4 in D-ring recovery tabs, reinforced on both the front and back sides of the mount. Welding on both faces distributes recovery loads across more material than a single-sided weld, which matters when a strap or shackle is under tension on a recovery. The mounts are part of the bumper structure, with no bolt-on tabs to lose or forget to torque before a trip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFactory Sensors and Safety Systems Stay Active\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Lo-Pro design retains OEM parking sensors and all factory drive assist features without modification to the vehicle's electronics. Buyers who rely on those systems daily (reverse sensing, cross-traffic alerts) do not have to choose between aftermarket protection and factory functionality. Note that the bumper is not compatible with the Kick Sensor for the Rear Hatch; that specific feature does not carry over.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e11-gauge steel outer shell\u003c\/strong\u003e paired with 3\/16 in steel mounting brackets for a rigid structure\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFully welded 3\/4 in D-ring recovery mounts\u003c\/strong\u003e reinforced on both front and back sides\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecessed light mounts\u003c\/strong\u003e sized for a pair of Baja Designs Flush S2 lights (other brands not guaranteed to fit)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOEM parking sensor retention\u003c\/strong\u003e and compatibility with all factory drive assist features\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAll mounting brackets and hardware included\u003c\/strong\u003e for installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e2025+ Toyota 4Runner, 6th Gen, all trim levels\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eOuter Shell Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e11-gauge steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMounting Bracket Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e3\/16 in steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eD-Ring Mount Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e3\/4 in, fully welded front and back\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eLight Mount Compatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eBaja Designs Flush S2 (pair); other brands not guaranteed\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eFinish Options\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eRaw steel (SKU 1125-10700) \/ Powder coat (SKU 1125-10700-01NA)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eHardware Included\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eAll mounting brackets and hardware for installation\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eCountry of Origin\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eUSA\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication Lo-Pro Rear Bumper suits 2025+ Toyota 4Runner (6th Gen) owners across all trim levels who want steel rear protection and welded recovery points without departing from the factory body line. It works for overlanding builds and trail rigs where a low-profile look and OEM sensor retention are both priorities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThis bumper does not fit any 4Runner generation prior to the 6th Gen (2025+). It is not compatible with the factory Kick Sensor for the Rear Hatch. Installation requires trimming the center plastic section of the factory bumper cover. The raw steel variant ships unfinished and must be painted or powder coated before installation to prevent rust; C4 Fabrication recommends test fitting before any coating is applied. Baja Designs Flush S2 lights and any other accessories are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDoes this bumper fit all 2025+ Toyota 4Runner trim levels?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication Lo-Pro Rear Bumper is designed to fit all trim levels of the 6th Gen 2025+ Toyota 4Runner. It retains OEM parking sensors and factory drive assist features across those trims, with one exception: it is not compatible with the Kick Sensor for the Rear Hatch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat recovery hardware is included with this bumper?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Lo-Pro Rear Bumper includes fully welded 3\/4 in D-ring recovery tabs built into the bumper structure, reinforced on both the front and back sides of each mount. All mounting brackets and hardware needed for installation are also included. Recovery shackles and straps are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDoes installing this bumper require cutting the factory bumper?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eYes. Installing the C4 Fabrication Lo-Pro Rear Bumper requires trimming the center plastic section of the factory bumper cover. This allows the steel structure to sit tightly against the vehicle. An install guide is available for download from the product page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eIs this bumper compatible with the Kick Sensor for the Rear Hatch?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eNo. The Lo-Pro Rear Bumper retains OEM parking sensors and all factory drive assist features, but it is not compatible with the Kick Sensor for the Rear Hatch. Buyers who rely on that feature should confirm compatibility before purchasing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eCan I use lights other than Baja Designs Flush S2 in the recessed mounts?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe recessed light mounts on the Lo-Pro Rear Bumper are sized for a pair of Baja Designs Flush S2 lights. Other light brands are not guaranteed to fit the recessed openings correctly. Lights are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDoes the raw steel version need to be finished before installation?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eYes. The raw steel variant of the Lo-Pro Rear Bumper ships as bare steel and must be painted or powder coated before installation to prevent rust. C4 Fabrication recommends test fitting the bumper for proper alignment before sending it out for coating.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"C4 Fabrication","offers":[{"title":"Raw","offer_id":50621716004934,"sku":"1125-10700","price":849.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Powder Coat","offer_id":50621716037702,"sku":"1125-10700-01NA","price":949.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/6th-Gen-4Runner-Lo-Pro-Rear-Bumper-1.jpg?v=1791937564"},{"product_id":"c4-fabrication-tacoma-roof-rack-with-light-bar-option-4th-gen-2024-202","title":"C4 Fabrication Tacoma Roof Rack with Light Bar Option 4th Gen 2024-2026","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication Tacoma Roof Rack is an aluminum bolt-on cargo platform engineered for the 4th Gen Toyota Tacoma (2024–2026), adding only 1\/4 inch of total height above the factory antenna while remaining fully compatible with sunroof-equipped trucks. It is available in two fairing styles: a flat fairing and a fairing with a cutout for a 40-inch light bar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eLow Profile That Keeps Clearances Intact\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdding only 1\/4 inch above the factory antenna means the rack preserves the Tacoma's existing garage and carport clearances rather than forcing a new routing calculation every time the truck goes home. The low-profile design also reduces the aerodynamic penalty at highway speeds compared to taller aftermarket platforms, so the rack carries gear without announcing itself in fuel economy or wind noise. Sunroof compatibility means owners of glass-roof Tacomas do not have to choose between ventilation and a roof-mounted cargo solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAluminum Construction Keeps Weight in Check\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rack is constructed entirely from aluminum, including seven extruded aluminum crossmembers with integrated mounting slots. Aluminum's strength-to-weight ratio matters on a roof-mounted platform because every pound added high on the vehicle raises the center of gravity and reduces the dynamic load available for cargo. The crossmember mounting slots give owners the flexibility to position tie-down points, tent feet, awning arms, and accessory mounts without drilling new holes or buying adapter plates. Built-in tie-down points are included for load management on technical terrain and highway driving alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBolt-On Installation Preserves the Factory Roof\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rack installs using factory mounting points with no drilling required, which protects the factory roof structure and keeps the truck's resale position intact. All necessary hardware ships with the rack. C4 Fabrication estimates a 45-minute installation time excluding any wiring for the light bar option, though the rack's size means two to three people are needed to position and secure it safely. The rack is also expandable with other C4 Fabrication accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSeven extruded aluminum crossmembers:\u003c\/strong\u003e integrated mounting slots for flexible cargo and accessory positioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-in tie-down points:\u003c\/strong\u003e included for securing loads on trail and highway\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptional 40-inch light bar cutout:\u003c\/strong\u003e fairing variant supports curved or straight 40-inch light bars, or up to 10 pod lights\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAntenna and flag provisions:\u003c\/strong\u003e additional mounting points for aftermarket radio antennas, flags, and similar accessories\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBolt-on, no-drill installation:\u003c\/strong\u003e uses factory mounting points; all hardware included\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in the USA:\u003c\/strong\u003e manufactured by C4 Fabrication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eFlat Fairing\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003e40\" Light Bar Cutout Fairing\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eAluminum\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eAluminum\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eCrossmembers\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e7 extruded aluminum with mounting slots\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e7 extruded aluminum with mounting slots\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eHeight added above factory antenna\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e1\/4 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e1\/4 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e69 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e69 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eLight bar compatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eNot included\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eCurved or straight 40-inch light bar, or up to 10 pod lights\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eHardware included\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eAll mounting hardware included\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eAll mounting hardware included\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eVehicle fitment\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e4th Gen Toyota Tacoma, 2024–2026\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e4th Gen Toyota Tacoma, 2024–2026\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eInstallation\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eBolt-on to factory mounting points, no drilling\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eBolt-on to factory mounting points, no drilling\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e1224-70100\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e1224-70110\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThis rack suits 4th Gen Toyota Tacoma owners (2024–2026) who want a low-profile aluminum cargo platform for rooftop tents, awnings, recovery gear, or extended overland setups, and who prefer a bolt-on installation that leaves the factory roof structure undisturbed. The 40-inch light bar cutout variant is the right choice for owners planning to run a roof-mounted light bar or pod lights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThis rack does not fit any Tacoma generation other than the 4th Gen (2024–2026), and it does not fit other Toyota models or any other make. A 40-inch light bar, pod lights, rooftop tent, and awning are not included and are sold separately. Because the rack weighs 69 lb and requires two to three people to position safely, solo installation is not practical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDoes this rack work with a sunroof?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eYes. The C4 Fabrication 4th Gen Tacoma Roof Rack is explicitly designed to be compatible with sunroof-equipped Tacomas. The low-profile fit adds only 1\/4 inch above the factory antenna, so the sunroof opening and operation are not obstructed by the rack's mounting footprint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDo I need to buy hardware separately, or does everything ship with the rack?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eAll necessary mounting hardware ships with the rack. No additional hardware purchase is required for the bolt-on installation to factory mounting points. A 40-inch light bar, pod lights, rooftop tent, awning, and any other accessories are sold separately and are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eCan one person install this rack alone?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eC4 Fabrication recommends two to three people for installation due to the rack's size and 69 lb weight. The estimated installation time is 45 minutes excluding wiring. Solo installation is not recommended; having additional hands to lift and position the rack safely is necessary.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDoes the 40-inch light bar cutout work with curved light bars?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eYes. The 40-inch light bar cutout fairing variant supports both curved and straight 40-inch light bar configurations. The same mounting provision can alternatively accommodate up to 10 pod lights instead of a single light bar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eIs this rack compatible with rooftop tents and awnings?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication Tacoma Roof Rack is designed as a mounting solution for rooftop tents and awnings. The seven extruded aluminum crossmembers with integrated mounting slots provide the attachment points needed for tent feet and awning arms. Rooftop tents and awnings are sold separately and are not included with the rack.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"C4 Fabrication","offers":[{"title":"Flat","offer_id":50621719838790,"sku":"1224-70100","price":1179.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"40\" Light Bar Cutout","offer_id":50621719871558,"sku":"1224-70110","price":1259.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/4th-Gen-Tacoma-Solid-Fairing-Render.jpg?v=1791937688"},{"product_id":"c4-fabrication-land-cruiser-250-roof-rack-with-light-bar-option","title":"C4 Fabrication Land Cruiser 250 Roof Rack with Light Bar Option","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication Land Cruiser 250 Series Roof Rack is an aluminum, low-profile mounting platform engineered specifically for the 2024–2025 Toyota Land Cruiser 250 Series, providing a rigid foundation for rooftop tents, awnings, lighting, and overland accessories. The rack is available in two fairing styles: a solid fairing and a 40-inch light bar cutout fairing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Low Profile That Doesn't Compromise Capacity\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe C4 Fabrication Land Cruiser 250 Roof Rack adds only 1\/4 inch of total height above the factory antenna, keeping the vehicle's roofline close to stock while still delivering a full-size mounting platform. That minimal height gain matters on trails with low-hanging branches, in parking structures, and anywhere clearance is tight. The rack is also fully compatible with the factory sunroof, so owners of sunroof-equipped Land Cruiser 250s do not need to choose between the rack and factory functionality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eNine Crossmembers, Built-In Tie-Downs, and Room to Expand\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNine extruded aluminum crossmembers span the rack's width, each with integrated mounting slots that allow accessories to be positioned and repositioned without drilling new holes. Integrated tie-down points are built into the perimeter, giving secure anchor locations for cargo straps without relying on add-on hardware. Mounting provisions for aftermarket radio antennas and flags are included, and the system is designed to expand with other C4 Fabrication accessories as a build evolves over time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBolt-On Installation to Factory Points\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Land Cruiser 250 Roof Rack mounts to factory attachment points with no drilling required, preserving the vehicle's roof and keeping the installation reversible. Because of the rack's size, installation with two or more people is recommended. The aluminum construction keeps weight manageable relative to the rack's footprint, with the solid fairing variant weighing 84 lb and the 40-inch light bar cutout variant weighing 86 lb.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAluminum construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e keeps weight down while maintaining the rigidity needed for rooftop tents, awnings, and loaded accessory setups\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNine extruded crossmembers:\u003c\/strong\u003e each with integrated mounting slots for flexible, no-drill accessory positioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated perimeter tie-downs:\u003c\/strong\u003e built-in anchor points for cargo management without additional hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBolt-on factory-point installation:\u003c\/strong\u003e no drilling required; fully reversible\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSunroof compatible:\u003c\/strong\u003e designed to work with the factory sunroof on the Land Cruiser 250\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptional 40-inch light bar cutout fairing:\u003c\/strong\u003e supports a universal 40-inch straight or curved light bar, or up to ten pod lights, via available add-on mounts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSolid Fairing\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003e40\" Lightbar Cutout\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e1624-70100\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e1624-70110\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eAluminum\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eAluminum\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e84 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e86 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eCrossmembers\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e9 extruded aluminum with mounting slots\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e9 extruded aluminum with mounting slots\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eHeight addition above factory antenna\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e1\/4 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e1\/4 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eInstallation\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eBolt-on to factory mounting points; no drilling\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eBolt-on to factory mounting points; no drilling\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eVehicle fitment\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e2024–2025 Toyota Land Cruiser 250 Series\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e2024–2025 Toyota Land Cruiser 250 Series\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eOrigin\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMade in USA\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMade in USA\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThis rack suits 2024–2025 Toyota Land Cruiser 250 Series owners who want a low-profile, bolt-on roof platform for rooftop tents, awnings, lighting, or overland gear without modifying the factory roof or losing sunroof functionality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThis rack does not fit any Land Cruiser generation other than the 250 Series (2024–2025). Illuminator light mounts and light bar or pod-light mounting hardware are sold separately and are not included with either variant. The 40-inch light bar cutout fairing supports the mounting add-ons; the solid fairing does not include a cutout for a front-mounted light bar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDoes installing this rack require drilling into the Land Cruiser 250's roof?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication Land Cruiser 250 Roof Rack bolts directly to factory mounting points on the 2024–2025 Land Cruiser 250 Series with no drilling required, keeping the installation fully reversible and the factory roof intact.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eIs this rack compatible with the factory sunroof?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eYes. The C4 Fabrication Land Cruiser 250 Roof Rack is designed to be compatible with the factory sunroof on the 2024–2025 Land Cruiser 250 Series, so sunroof function is not sacrificed by adding the rack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat is the difference between the Solid and 40-inch Lightbar Cutout variants?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eBoth variants share the same aluminum construction, nine-crossmember layout, and bolt-on fitment. The 40-inch Lightbar Cutout fairing includes an opening sized for a front-mounted 40-inch straight or curved light bar or up to ten pod lights when paired with available add-on mounts; the Solid fairing does not include that cutout. The Lightbar Cutout variant weighs 86 lb versus 84 lb for the Solid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eAre the light bar mounts included with the rack?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eLight bar and pod-light mounting hardware, including Illuminator light mounts, are sold separately and are not included with either variant of the Land Cruiser 250 Roof Rack. The 40-inch Lightbar Cutout fairing provides the opening; the mounting hardware must be added separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eHow many people are needed to install this rack?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eBecause of its size, installation of the C4 Fabrication Land Cruiser 250 Roof Rack is recommended with two or more people. The rack mounts to factory points without drilling, but its footprint makes a second set of hands necessary for safe positioning and fastening.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat accessories can be mounted to this rack?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe nine extruded aluminum crossmembers with integrated mounting slots accept rooftop tents, awnings, and lighting. Mounting provisions for aftermarket radio antennas and flags are built in. The rack is expandable with other C4 Fabrication accessories, and the 40-inch Lightbar Cutout variant supports a universal 40-inch straight or curved light bar or up to ten pod lights via separately sold mounting hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"C4 Fabrication","offers":[{"title":"Solid","offer_id":50621720723526,"sku":"1624-70100","price":1549.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"40\" Lightbar Cutout","offer_id":50621720756294,"sku":"1624-70110","price":1599.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/C4-Land-Cruiser-Roof-Rack-solid-fairing.jpg?v=1791937770"},{"product_id":"c4-fabrication-land-cruiser-250-series-external-molle-panels","title":"C4 Fabrication Land Cruiser 250 Series External MOLLE Panels","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication External MOLLE Panels for the 2024–2025 Toyota Land Cruiser 250 Series convert unused exterior body space into organized, accessible storage on both sides of the vehicle. Panels mount at the top to the C4 Fabrication Land Cruiser Roof Rack and stabilize at the bottom with two high-strength suction cups per side. They are sold as a pair and finished in hammer black powder coat. Installation requires the C4 Fabrication Land Cruiser Roof Rack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSide Storage Without Compromise\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe MOLLE grid pattern across each panel accepts a wide range of standard MOLLE-compatible attachment systems, so gear, tools, and recovery equipment can be organized and accessed without digging through bags or opening the tailgate. Because the panels integrate directly with the C4 roof rack rather than relying on adhesive or generic clamps, they sit flush against the vehicle and maintain the Land Cruiser's profile rather than adding bulk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRotopaX-Ready on Both Sides\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach panel includes integrated mounting provisions sized for a RotopaX mount, supporting up to a 2-gallon RotopaX fuel or water container per side. Carrying a dedicated fuel or water reserve on the exterior keeps interior cargo space free and puts emergency supplies within reach at camp or on trail. The RotopaX mount itself is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilt for Harsh Conditions, Made in America\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA hammer black powder coat finish protects the panels in harsh environments while keeping the exterior appearance clean and consistent with the vehicle's factory lines. The panels are manufactured in the United States. Once the required roof rack is in place, installation is estimated at 20 minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMOLLE Pattern:\u003c\/strong\u003e compatible with a wide range of standard MOLLE attachment systems for tools, recovery gear, and accessories\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRotopaX-Ready:\u003c\/strong\u003e integrated mounting provisions support a RotopaX mount (sold separately) and up to a 2-gallon RotopaX container per side\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual-Point Mounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e attaches at the top to the C4 Fabrication Land Cruiser Roof Rack and stabilizes at the bottom with two high-strength suction cups per side\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSold as a Pair:\u003c\/strong\u003e both driver- and passenger-side panels included\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHammer Black Powder Coat:\u003c\/strong\u003e durable finish suited to harsh outdoor environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in America:\u003c\/strong\u003e manufactured in the United States\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eFitment\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e2024–2025 Toyota Land Cruiser 250 Series\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eHammer black powder coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eQuantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eSold as a pair (2 panels)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWeight (shipped)\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e41 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eRotopaX capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eUp to 2-gallon RotopaX container per side (mount sold separately)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eRequired accessory\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eC4 Fabrication Land Cruiser Roof Rack\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eEstimated install time\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e20 minutes (with roof rack already installed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eOrigin\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMade in USA\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e1624-70200\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThese panels suit 2024–2025 Toyota Land Cruiser 250 Series owners who already have the C4 Fabrication Land Cruiser Roof Rack installed or are purchasing it alongside these panels. They are well matched to overlanders and off-road travelers who want organized exterior storage for tools, recovery gear, or fuel and water reserves without giving up interior cargo space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThese panels do not fit any other vehicle, model year, or roof rack system. The RotopaX mount and any Quick Fist mounts are not included and must be purchased separately. The panels cannot be installed without the C4 Fabrication Land Cruiser Roof Rack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDo these panels require any other C4 Fabrication parts to install?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eYes. The C4 Fabrication External MOLLE Panels for the Land Cruiser 250 Series require the C4 Fabrication Land Cruiser Roof Rack. The panels mount to the rack at the top and use two high-strength suction cups per side at the bottom. They cannot be installed without the rack in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat MOLLE-compatible accessories can I mount on these panels?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe MOLLE grid on each panel accepts a wide range of standard MOLLE-compatible attachment systems, including tool holders, gear pouches, and recovery equipment mounts. C4 Fabrication also lists Quick Fist mounts as a compatible add-on for handled tools and trail gear. Specific accessory compatibility depends on the attachment system chosen.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eHow large a fuel or water container can each panel support?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eEach C4 Fabrication MOLLE Panel includes integrated mounting provisions for a RotopaX mount that supports up to a 2-gallon RotopaX fuel or water container per side. The RotopaX mount is sold separately and is not included with the panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eAre these panels sold individually or as a pair?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication External MOLLE Panels for the 2024–2025 Toyota Land Cruiser 250 Series are sold as a pair. One purchase covers both the driver-side and passenger-side panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eHow long does installation take?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eC4 Fabrication estimates installation at approximately 20 minutes once the required C4 Fabrication Land Cruiser Roof Rack is already in place. An install guide is available for download from C4 Fabrication's product page.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"C4 Fabrication","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50621723246662,"sku":"1624-70200","price":589.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/1624-70200_MAIN_d4754300-63ff-4228-bf37-f21c69b899b0.jpg?v=1791937843"},{"product_id":"c4-fabrication-land-cruiser-250-rear-window-molle-panel-pair","title":"C4 Fabrication Land Cruiser 250 Rear Window MOLLE Panel Pair","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication Rear Window MOLLE Panel Pair converts the unused cargo window area of the 2024–2025 Toyota Land Cruiser 250 Series into organized, accessible storage without reducing cargo room. Each panel is precision-formed to follow the interior contour closely, and the pair covers both the driver and passenger sides for complete rear coverage. Finished in hammer black powder coat, the panels are built for daily use and off-road conditions alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCargo Space You Are Already Paying For\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rear cargo windows of the Land Cruiser 250 represent real estate that goes unused from the factory. The C4 Fabrication MOLLE panels occupy that space with a tight-fitting, precision-formed profile that adds mounting surface without pushing into the cargo area. For overlanders who already run a full load of recovery gear, camp equipment, and tools, keeping that floor space clear while still having organized access to trail essentials is a meaningful practical gain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eExpandable with Lights and Shelving\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach panel includes integrated mounting provisions sized for Baja Designs dome lights, one per side, so rear cargo visibility in low-light conditions is a straightforward add-on rather than an afterthought. The system is also designed to accept C4's optional add-on shelf system (Part #1624-70220), giving owners a path to increase storage depth and organization as their build evolves. Both the dome lights and the shelf system are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eStandard MOLLE, Broad Compatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe panels use a standard MOLLE pattern, which means they work with the wide ecosystem of MOLLE-compatible pouches, tool rolls, medical kits, recovery accessories, and mounting hardware already in most overlanders' kits. Any pouch or accessory that mounts to standard MOLLE webbing mounts to these panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrecision-formed profile:\u003c\/strong\u003e sits tight to the interior to maximize mounting surface without reducing cargo floor space\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard MOLLE pattern:\u003c\/strong\u003e compatible with a wide range of MOLLE pouches, tools, recovery gear, and medical kits\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated dome light provisions:\u003c\/strong\u003e accepts Baja Designs dome lights (one per side, sold separately) for improved rear cargo visibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExpandable storage:\u003c\/strong\u003e compatible with C4's optional add-on shelf system (Part #1624-70220, sold separately)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHammer black powder coat finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e built for daily use and off-road conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSold as a pair:\u003c\/strong\u003e includes both driver-side and passenger-side panels for complete rear window coverage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eFitment\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e2024–2025 Toyota Land Cruiser, 250 Series\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eHammer black powder coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eQuantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eSold as a pair (driver side and passenger side)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e22 lb (pair)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eInstallation\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eRequires drilling and riv-nut installation; approximately 30 minutes\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eOrigin\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMade in USA\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e1624-70210\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThese panels are designed for 2024–2025 Toyota Land Cruiser 250 Series owners who want to add organized MOLLE storage to the rear cargo window area without sacrificing cargo floor space. They suit overlanders and off-road drivers who already use MOLLE-compatible gear and want a clean, integrated mounting solution for tools, recovery equipment, or medical kits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThese panels do not fit any Land Cruiser generation other than the 250 Series, and they are not compatible with other vehicles. Baja Designs dome lights and the C4 add-on shelf system (Part #1624-70220) are not included and must be purchased separately. Installation requires drilling and riv-nut work; the panels are not a no-drill or reversible fitment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhich Land Cruiser generations do these panels fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication Rear Window MOLLE Panel Pair is designed specifically for the 2024–2025 Toyota Land Cruiser 250 Series. The precision-formed profile is matched to that generation's interior geometry and is not compatible with earlier Land Cruiser generations or other Toyota models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eAre the Baja Designs dome lights included with the panels?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eBaja Designs dome lights are not included. The panels include integrated mounting provisions that accept one dome light per side, but the lights themselves are sold separately. Quick Fist mounts are also listed as a compatible add-on and are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat does installation involve, and how long does it take?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eInstalling the C4 Fabrication MOLLE panels requires drilling and riv-nut installation. The process can typically be completed in approximately 30 minutes. A downloadable install guide is available from C4 Fabrication. Because the installation involves drilling into the vehicle interior, it is not a reversible fitment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat can I mount to these panels?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe panels use a standard MOLLE pattern, making them compatible with a broad range of MOLLE-compatible accessories including tool pouches, recovery gear, medical kits, and trail essentials. Any accessory designed for standard MOLLE webbing will work with these panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eIs the add-on shelf system included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe C4 add-on shelf system (Part #1624-70220) is not included with the MOLLE panel pair. It is a separately available accessory designed to expand the storage capacity of these panels, and it must be purchased independently if desired.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"C4 Fabrication","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50621738090566,"sku":"1624-70210","price":398.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/1624-70210_MAIN.jpg?v=1791937952"},{"product_id":"c4-fabrication-land-cruiser-250-series-rear-window-molle-add-on-shelf","title":"C4 Fabrication Land Cruiser 250 Series Rear Window MOLLE Add-On Shelf","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication Add-On Shelf for Rear Window MOLLE Panels is a cargo-platform extension designed for the 2024-2025 Toyota Land Cruiser 250 Series. It mounts directly to the C4 Rear Window MOLLE Panel System (Part #1624-70210, required and sold separately), converting unused rear-window wall space into an adjustable-height, MOLLE-compatible storage surface finished in Hammer Black powder coat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAdjustable Positioning for Any Gear Layout\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe shelf slides to multiple heights along the MOLLE panels, so the clearance above and below it can be tuned to whatever gear is being carried that day. A low position leaves headroom for taller recovery equipment stacked underneath; a higher position keeps frequently grabbed items within easy reach. That flexibility means the shelf works equally well for a day run with minimal kit and a multi-day overland trip with a full cargo load.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMounting on Both Surfaces\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBoth the top and bottom surfaces of the shelf carry MOLLE-compatible mounting points, doubling the usable attachment area compared with a flat tray. Tools, recovery gear, first-aid kits, and MOLLE accessories can be secured on either face, and the pattern is compatible with a wide range of attachment systems including Quick Fist mounts. Organizing gear on two planes keeps the cargo area cleaner and reduces shifting on rough terrain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFactory-Integrated Appearance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Hammer Black powder coat finish matches the visual language of the C4 Rear Window MOLLE Panel System, so the shelf reads as part of a cohesive interior build rather than an afterthought. The finish is suited to off-road use, resisting the abrasion and moisture exposure that come with regular trail driving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable height:\u003c\/strong\u003e mounts at multiple positions along the C4 Rear Window MOLLE panels\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual-surface MOLLE pattern:\u003c\/strong\u003e compatible attachment points on both top and bottom faces\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuick Fist compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e MOLLE pattern supports Quick Fist mounts and a wide range of other attachment systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHammer Black powder coat:\u003c\/strong\u003e durable finish suited to off-road and cargo-area use\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFast install:\u003c\/strong\u003e approximately 20-minute installation onto the existing MOLLE panel system\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in USA:\u003c\/strong\u003e manufactured by C4 Fabrication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eHammer Black powder coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e38 lb (shipping weight)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e2024-2025 Toyota Land Cruiser 250 Series\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eRequired Base Component\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eC4 Rear Window MOLLE Panel System, Part #1624-70210 (sold separately)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eEstimated Install Time\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eApproximately 20 minutes\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e1624-70220\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eCountry of Origin\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eUSA\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThis shelf suits 2024-2025 Toyota Land Cruiser 250 Series owners who have already installed or are purchasing the C4 Rear Window MOLLE Panel System (Part #1624-70210) and want to add a second tier of organized, MOLLE-compatible cargo storage to their rear interior without permanent modification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThe shelf requires the C4 Rear Window MOLLE Panel System (Part #1624-70210), sold separately, and cannot be mounted without it. It is designed specifically for the 2024-2025 Land Cruiser 250 Series and is not listed as compatible with any other vehicle or MOLLE panel system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDoes this shelf work without the C4 Rear Window MOLLE Panels?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eNo. The C4 Fabrication Add-On Shelf for Rear Window MOLLE Panels requires the C4 Rear Window MOLLE Panel System (Part #1624-70210) to install. That base panel system is sold separately and must be present before the shelf can be mounted.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eCan the shelf be repositioned after installation?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eYes. The Add-On Shelf can be mounted at multiple heights along the C4 Rear Window MOLLE panels, so the vertical position can be adjusted to suit different gear configurations without removing the entire system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat can be attached to the shelf?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eBoth the top and bottom surfaces of the shelf feature a MOLLE-compatible pattern that supports a wide range of attachment systems, including Quick Fist mounts. Tools, recovery equipment, and MOLLE accessories can be secured to either face.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eHow long does installation take?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eInstallation of the C4 Add-On Shelf onto an existing C4 Rear Window MOLLE Panel System takes approximately 20 minutes. An install guide is available for download from C4 Fabrication.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eAre Quick Fist mounts included with the shelf?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eQuick Fist mounts are listed as an available add-on for the C4 Add-On Shelf but are not included with the shelf itself. They are sold separately and must be selected at the time of purchase if needed.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"C4 Fabrication","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50621739761734,"sku":"1624-70220","price":414.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/1624-70220_MAIN_5cfc4b40-ce43-42ac-b328-56181a8f6686.jpg?v=1791938049"},{"product_id":"c4-fabrication-4runner-lo-pro-high-clearance-additions","title":"C4 Fabrication 4Runner Lo-Pro High Clearance Additions","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication Lo-Pro High Clearance Additions are bolt-on steel components that increase front-end clearance and improve approach angle on the 6th Generation Toyota 4Runner (2025 and newer) when used with the C4 Lo-Pro Winch Front Bumper. The set weighs 21 lbs and is available in Raw bare steel or Powder Coat finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMore Room Where It Counts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe High Clearance Additions open up additional space at the front corners of the 4Runner, giving larger tires room to turn and reducing the chance of contact with the bumper structure on steep approach angles. For drivers who have already sized up their tires or who regularly pick lines over rocks and ledges, that margin translates directly into confidence: a front end that clears an obstacle cleanly rather than one that forces a line correction or a back-up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBolt-On Fit, No Permanent Modifications to the Frame\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe High Clearance Additions bolt directly to the C4 Lo-Pro Winch Front Bumper with all required mounting brackets and hardware included. No drilling or welding is required on the bumper or the vehicle frame. Installation does require trimming the factory plastic bumper cover, which is a one-time, reversible-in-principle modification to a plastic panel rather than to structural metal. A fender support bracket and a close-out panel for the bumper side are included to produce a clean, finished appearance once installed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOEM Parking Sensors Retained\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe High Clearance Additions are designed to retain the factory OEM parking sensors, so the 4Runner's driver-assist features continue to function after installation. Buyers who rely on parking sensors in daily driving do not need to choose between clearance and convenience.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFinish and Corrosion Protection\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Powder Coat variant arrives ready to install. The Raw variant ships as bare steel and must be painted or powder coated before installation to prevent rust. C4 Fabrication recommends test-fitting the Raw parts before sending them out for coating to confirm alignment and fitment first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e11-Gauge Steel Shell:\u003c\/strong\u003e outer structure built from 11-gauge steel for strength without excessive weight\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3\/16-Inch Steel Mounting Plates:\u003c\/strong\u003e heavy-wall mounting plates for a rigid connection to the Lo-Pro bumper\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo Drill, No Weld Installation:\u003c\/strong\u003e bolts directly to the C4 Lo-Pro Winch Front Bumper using included hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOEM Parking Sensor Retention:\u003c\/strong\u003e factory parking sensors remain fully functional after installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete Hardware Kit:\u003c\/strong\u003e includes all mounting brackets, hardware, a close-out panel, and a fender support bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in the USA:\u003c\/strong\u003e manufactured by C4 Fabrication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e6th Gen Toyota 4Runner, 2025 and newer (excludes TRD PRO and Trailhunter)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eCompatible Bumper\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eC4 Fabrication Lo-Pro Winch Front Bumper (sold separately)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eOuter Shell Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e11-gauge steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMounting Plate Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e3\/16-inch steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eTotal Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e21 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eFinish Options\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eRaw (bare steel) or Powder Coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eIncluded Hardware\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eAll mounting brackets and hardware, close-out panel, fender support bracket\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eCountry of Origin\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eUSA\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThe High Clearance Additions suit 6th Gen Toyota 4Runner owners (2025 and newer) who are already running or planning to run larger tires and want to maximize the approach angle and tire clearance of the C4 Lo-Pro Winch Front Bumper on technical off-road terrain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThese additions do not fit the TRD PRO or Trailhunter 4Runner models. They are not a standalone bumper and will not mount to any bumper other than the C4 Fabrication Lo-Pro Winch Front Bumper, which is sold separately. Installation requires trimming the factory plastic bumper cover; buyers who want a fully reversible modification should note this before purchasing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDo these include the Lo-Pro Winch Front Bumper?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe High Clearance Additions do not include the Lo-Pro Winch Front Bumper. They are designed to bolt onto the C4 Fabrication Lo-Pro Winch Front Bumper, which is sold separately. The additions have no mounting provision for any other bumper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWill I need to drill into my frame or bumper to install these?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eNo drilling or welding is required on the vehicle frame or the C4 Lo-Pro bumper. The High Clearance Additions bolt directly to the bumper using the included mounting brackets and hardware. Installation does require trimming the factory plastic bumper cover.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDo my factory parking sensors still work after installation?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eYes. The High Clearance Additions are designed to retain the OEM parking sensors, so the 4Runner's factory parking-sensor system continues to function normally after the additions are installed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat finish should I choose if I want to install right away?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Powder Coat variant is ready to install as delivered. The Raw variant ships as bare steel and must be painted or powder coated before installation to prevent rust. C4 Fabrication recommends test-fitting Raw parts before sending them for coating to confirm alignment first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDo these fit the TRD PRO or Trailhunter 4Runner?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe High Clearance Additions do not fit the TRD PRO or Trailhunter 4Runner models. They are designed for the 6th Generation Toyota 4Runner (2025 and newer), excluding those two trim levels.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"C4 Fabrication","offers":[{"title":"Raw","offer_id":50621743792198,"sku":"1125-10500","price":549.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Powder Coat","offer_id":50621743824966,"sku":"1125-10500-01NA","price":629.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/6th-Gen-4Runner-Lo-Pro-High-Clearance-Additions-1.jpg?v=1791938161"},{"product_id":"c4-fabrication-summit-hatch-ladder-for-6th-gen-toyota-4runner","title":"C4 Fabrication Summit Hatch Ladder for 6th Gen Toyota 4Runner","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication Summit Hatch Ladder is a rear hatch-mounted aluminum access ladder built for the 2025+ 6th Gen Toyota 4Runner. Designed to provide stable, lightweight access to roof-mounted gear, the ladder carries a 250 lb static load rating and a 20 lb dynamic load rating, and is compatible with C4 Fabrication, Sherpa Equipment Co., Frontrunner Slimline, Prinsu Design, SSO, TMT, Echotechne, Toyota TRD Pro, ARB, and most other roof racks on the market.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAluminum Steps, Steel Where It Counts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Summit Hatch Ladder uses extruded aluminum T-slot profiles for its rungs, a construction choice that delivers a high strength-to-weight ratio while keeping hatch-borne mass low. Less weight on the hatch means less strain on hatch struts and hinges over time, a real consideration when the ladder stays mounted year-round. The mounting brackets are heavy-duty steel for structural rigidity at the attachment points, and all hardware is stainless steel to resist corrosion from trail mud, rain, and road salt. Rubber tread strips are included on each step to maintain grip in wet or dusty conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilt to Expand\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSlotted holes run the full length of the ladder's side rails, providing T-slot-compatible mounting points for accessories along the entire ladder. Two bolt-on add-ons are available separately: steel side steps (part 1100-6310-SS) for additional footing width, and a steel Rotopax bracket (part 1100-6210-RP) for mounting auxiliary fuel or water containers directly to the ladder. This modular approach means the ladder can start as a simple access solution and grow with a build without requiring a new mounting system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eLow-Profile Finish\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll visible components are finished in Hammer Black powder coat, a durable textured coating that reduces glare and resists chipping better than standard paint. The ladder profile follows the 4Runner's body lines closely, avoiding the visual bulk of ladder designs that stand proud of the vehicle's silhouette. The Summit Hatch Ladder is manufactured in the United States.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtruded aluminum T-slot steps:\u003c\/strong\u003e high strength-to-weight ratio with integrated accessory mounting capability\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e250 lb static \/ 20 lb dynamic load rating:\u003c\/strong\u003e rated for real-world roof access use\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull-length slotted side rails:\u003c\/strong\u003e T-slot-compatible mounting points along the entire ladder for add-on accessories\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRubber tread strips included:\u003c\/strong\u003e improve grip in wet or dusty conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-duty steel mounting brackets and stainless steel hardware:\u003c\/strong\u003e structural support with corrosion resistance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHammer Black powder coat finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e applied to all visible components\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e2025+ Toyota 4Runner (6th Gen)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eRack Compatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eC4 Fabrication, Sherpa Equipment Co., Frontrunner Slimline, Prinsu Design, SSO, TMT, Echotechne, Toyota TRD Pro, ARB, and most other racks\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eStep Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eExtruded aluminum T-slot profile\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMounting Bracket Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eHeavy-duty steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eHardware Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eHammer Black powder coat (all visible components)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eStatic Load Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e250 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eDynamic Load Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e20 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eLadder assembly, rubber tread strips, stainless steel mounting hardware\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eInstallation\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eDrilling into hatch required\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eOrigin\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMade in USA\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e1125-60100\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThe Summit Hatch Ladder suits 2025+ 6th Gen Toyota 4Runner owners who have a roof rack installed and need reliable, rated access to roof-mounted gear on the trail or at camp. The T-slot side rails make it a practical base for overlanders who plan to add a Rotopax mount or extra steps as their build evolves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThis ladder does not fit 5th Gen or earlier Toyota 4Runner models, and it is not compatible with vehicles other than the 6th Gen 4Runner. Installation requires drilling into the hatch; it is not a no-drill or clamp-on solution. The optional steel side steps and Rotopax bracket are sold separately and are not included. If optional accessories are added to the ladder, heavy-duty hatch struts (not included) will be required to support the additional load on the hatch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhich Toyota 4Runner generations does this ladder fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication Summit Hatch Ladder is designed specifically for the 2025+ 6th Gen Toyota 4Runner. It does not fit 5th Gen or earlier 4Runner models.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhich roof racks is this ladder compatible with?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Summit Hatch Ladder is compatible with C4 Fabrication, Sherpa Equipment Co., Frontrunner Slimline, Prinsu Design, SSO, TMT, Echotechne, Toyota TRD Pro, and ARB racks, as well as most other racks on the market.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat are the load ratings?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Summit Hatch Ladder carries a 250 lb static load rating and a 20 lb dynamic load rating. The static rating applies when the ladder is used as a fixed step for climbing; the dynamic rating applies to gear or accessories mounted to the ladder while the vehicle is in motion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDoes installation require drilling?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eYes. The Summit Hatch Ladder mounts to the 4Runner's rear hatch and requires drilling for a secure, fixed installation. It is not a clamp-on or no-drill solution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDo I need heavy-duty hatch struts?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eHeavy-duty hatch struts are not required for the base Summit Hatch Ladder alone. If optional accessories such as the bolt-on side steps or Rotopax bracket are added to the ladder, heavy-duty hatch struts will be needed to support the additional load on the hatch. Struts are not included and are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat accessories are available for this ladder?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eTwo bolt-on accessories are available separately for the Summit Hatch Ladder: steel side steps (part 1100-6310-SS) for additional footing, and a steel Rotopax bracket (part 1100-6210-RP) for mounting auxiliary fuel or water containers. The slotted T-slot side rails provide mounting points along the full length of the ladder for these and other compatible accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat is included with the ladder?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Summit Hatch Ladder ships with the ladder assembly, rubber tread strips, and stainless steel mounting hardware. Optional side steps and the Rotopax bracket are sold separately. Heavy-duty hatch struts, if needed for accessories, are also sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"C4 Fabrication","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50621745037382,"sku":"1125-60100","price":569.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/6th-Gen-4Runner-Summit-Hatch-Ladder-MAIN.jpg?v=1791938283"},{"product_id":"c4-fabrication-6th-gen-4runner-roof-rack-with-light-bar-mount-option","title":"C4 Fabrication 6th Gen 4Runner Roof Rack with Light Bar Mount Option","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication 6th Gen 4Runner Roof Rack is a precision-cut aluminum platform engineered exclusively for the 2025-and-newer Toyota 4Runner. Eight extruded aluminum crossmembers with mounting slots provide a rigid base for rooftop tents, awnings, recovery gear, and other overland accessories, while bolt-on installation to factory mounting points keeps the build clean and reversible. The rack is available in two fairing styles: a flat fairing and a 40-inch light bar cutout fairing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilt Low, Built Rigid\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 4Runner Roof Rack adds only one-quarter inch of total height above the factory antenna. That minimal profile matters on trails with low-hanging branches, in parking structures, and anywhere overhead clearance is a real constraint rather than a theoretical one. The aluminum construction keeps weight down without sacrificing the structural rigidity that loaded rooftop tents and gear carriers demand. Because the rack mounts to factory points and clears the factory antenna by just a sliver, it preserves the 4Runner's proportions and does not require cutting or permanent modification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eEight Crossmembers, Expandable by Design\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEight extruded aluminum crossmembers run the width of the platform, each with mounting slots that accept a wide range of aftermarket accessories. Integrated tie-down points are built into the rack itself, so securing a rooftop tent, awning, or cargo bag does not depend on add-on hardware. Mounting provisions for radio antennas, flags, and hard cases are also built in, and the rack is designed to accept additional C4 Fabrication accessories as a build evolves. That modularity means the rack does not become obsolete when priorities change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSunroof Compatible, Straightforward to Install\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rack maintains full sunroof functionality, so 4Runner owners who use the factory sunroof regularly do not have to choose between it and a roof platform. Installation is bolt-on, using factory mounting locations, and the estimated time is 45 minutes without wiring. Two to three people are required for the install, which reflects the size and weight of the platform rather than any unusual complexity. No cutting or drilling into the vehicle is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptional 40-inch light bar cutout:\u003c\/strong\u003e front fairing accommodates a universal 40-inch curved or straight light bar, or up to 10 three-inch pod lights\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEight extruded aluminum crossmembers:\u003c\/strong\u003e each with mounting slots for accessories, tie-downs, and C4 add-ons\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated tie-down points:\u003c\/strong\u003e built into the rack structure for securing tents, awnings, and cargo\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBolt-on installation:\u003c\/strong\u003e uses factory mounting points; no cutting or permanent modification required\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSunroof compatible:\u003c\/strong\u003e maintains full factory sunroof operation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in USA:\u003c\/strong\u003e manufactured by C4 Fabrication in the United States\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eFlat Fairing\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003e40-inch Light Bar Cutout\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e1125-70100\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e1125-70110\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eAluminum\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eAluminum\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eCrossmembers\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e8 extruded aluminum with mounting slots\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e8 extruded aluminum with mounting slots\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e76 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e76 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eHeight added above factory antenna\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e1\/4 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e1\/4 in\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eLight bar compatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eNot applicable\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eUniversal 40-inch curved or straight; or up to 10 three-inch pod lights\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eInstallation\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eBolt-on to factory mounting points; 2–3 people; est. 45 min (without wiring)\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eBolt-on to factory mounting points; 2–3 people; est. 45 min (without wiring)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eSunroof compatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eCompatible\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eCompatible\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eVehicle fitment\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e2025+ Toyota 4Runner (6th gen)\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e2025+ Toyota 4Runner (6th gen)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eCountry of manufacture\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eUSA\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eUSA\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThis rack suits 2025-and-newer Toyota 4Runner (6th gen) owners who want a low-profile, bolt-on roof platform for overlanding, camping, or utility use. The 40-inch light bar cutout variant is the right choice for builds that include a front-facing light bar or a bank of pod lights; the flat fairing suits builds where lighting will be mounted elsewhere or added later.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThis rack does not fit any Toyota 4Runner generation prior to the 6th gen (2025+). External MOLLE panels are a separate C4 Fabrication add-on accessory and are not included with the rack. A 40-inch light bar and pod lights are not included with the light bar cutout variant; those must be sourced separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWill this rack interfere with my 4Runner's factory sunroof?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication 6th Gen 4Runner Roof Rack is designed to maintain full factory sunroof operation. The rack mounts to factory points and clears the sunroof opening, so 4Runner owners can continue to use the sunroof normally after installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eHow many people does installation require, and how long does it take?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eInstalling the 4Runner Roof Rack requires two to three people and is estimated at 45 minutes without any wiring work. The rack uses bolt-on installation to factory mounting points and does not require cutting or drilling into the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat is the difference between the flat fairing and the 40-inch light bar cutout?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eBoth fairing styles share the same rack platform and weigh the same. The flat fairing has a solid front face. The 40-inch light bar cutout fairing has an opening sized for a universal 40-inch curved or straight light bar, or up to 10 three-inch pod lights. Neither the light bar nor the pod lights are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat accessories can I mount on this rack?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe 4Runner Roof Rack includes integrated tie-down points and eight extruded aluminum crossmembers with mounting slots that accept rooftop tents, awnings, recovery gear, radio antennas, flags, and hard cases. The rack also supports additional C4 Fabrication accessories, including external MOLLE panels sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eHow much height does this rack add to my 4Runner?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication 4Runner Roof Rack adds only one-quarter inch of total height above the factory antenna. That minimal addition is intended to preserve overhead clearance and maintain the vehicle's factory proportions as closely as possible.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"C4 Fabrication","offers":[{"title":"Flat","offer_id":50621748346950,"sku":"1125-70100","price":1198.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"40\" Light Bar Cutout","offer_id":50621748379718,"sku":"1125-70110","price":1298.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/6th-Gen-4Runner-Roof-Rack-Solid-Valence.jpg?v=1791938363"},{"product_id":"c4-fabrication-6th-gen-4runner-external-molle-panels","title":"C4 Fabrication 6th Gen 4Runner External MOLLE Panels","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eC4 Fabrication External MOLLE Panels are a left-and-right pair of precision-cut modular storage panels built specifically for the 2025+ Toyota 4Runner (6th Gen). Each panel mounts to the C4 Fabrication 6th Gen 4Runner Roof Rack at the top and uses two high-strength suction cups at the bottom, adding external gear-carrying capacity without drilling or permanent body modifications. Finished in hammer black powder coat and manufactured in the USA, the pair ships as SKU 1125-70200.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eNo Permanent Modifications Required\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe hybrid mounting design on these MOLLE panels attaches the top edge directly to the C4 Fabrication 6th Gen 4Runner Roof Rack while two high-strength suction cups per panel hold the lower mounting points against the vehicle. That combination delivers rigidity under dynamic loads, including high-speed highway driving and rough trail use, without requiring any drilling into body panels. Buyers who want to preserve their 4Runner's factory finish or plan to remove the panels seasonally benefit from a setup that leaves no permanent marks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eModular Gear Mounting Built In\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach panel carries a precision-cut MOLLE pattern compatible with a wide range of MOLLE-compatible attachment systems, so tools, recovery gear, and accessories can be configured and reconfigured as a trip demands. Integrated mounting provisions on each panel support RotopaX fuel or water containers, and the panels also include Quick Fist mounts for handled tools and other gear. RotopaX mounts and containers are not included and must be purchased separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTrail-Tested Construction, Made in the USA\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eC4 Fabrication trail-tests these panels to confirm they hold their strength and position at speed and on rough terrain. The hammer black powder coat finish provides durable protection against the elements during extended off-road use. Both panels are manufactured in the USA.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrecision MOLLE pattern:\u003c\/strong\u003e compatible with a wide range of MOLLE attachment systems for tools, recovery gear, and accessories\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated RotopaX provisions:\u003c\/strong\u003e each panel includes mounting provisions for RotopaX containers (mounts and containers sold separately)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eQuick Fist mounts:\u003c\/strong\u003e integrated provisions for handled tools and other gear\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHybrid mounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e attaches to C4 Fabrication 6th Gen 4Runner Roof Rack at top; two high-strength suction cups per panel at bottom, with no permanent body modifications required\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHammer black powder coat finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e durable protection for extended off-road use\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in USA:\u003c\/strong\u003e sold as a left-and-right pair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e2025+ Toyota 4Runner (6th Gen)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eHammer black powder coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWeight (pair, as shipped)\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e46 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eQuantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eSold as a left-and-right pair\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eLower mounting\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eTwo high-strength suction cups per panel\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eUpper mounting\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eC4 Fabrication 6th Gen 4Runner Roof Rack (required, sold separately)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eEstimated install time\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e20 minutes\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eCountry of manufacture\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eUSA\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e1125-70200\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThese panels suit 2025+ Toyota 4Runner (6th Gen) owners who already run or plan to run the C4 Fabrication 6th Gen 4Runner Roof Rack and want to add modular external storage for tools, recovery gear, or fuel and water containers without drilling into body panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThese panels do not fit any 4Runner generation other than the 6th Gen (2025+), and they cannot be installed without the C4 Fabrication 6th Gen 4Runner Roof Rack already in place. RotopaX mounts and containers are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDo these MOLLE panels require the C4 Fabrication roof rack?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eYes. The C4 Fabrication External MOLLE Panels for the 6th Gen 4Runner mount to the C4 Fabrication 6th Gen 4Runner Roof Rack at the top edge; the roof rack is required for installation and must be purchased separately if not already installed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eAre RotopaX mounts and containers included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eNo. Each panel includes integrated mounting provisions designed to accept RotopaX containers, but the RotopaX mounts and the containers themselves are sold separately and are not part of this set.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWill installation require drilling or permanent body modifications?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eNo. The C4 Fabrication MOLLE Panels use a hybrid mounting design: the top edge attaches to the C4 roof rack and the lower points are secured by two high-strength suction cups per panel, so no drilling or permanent body modifications are required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eHow long does installation take?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eInstallation of the MOLLE panel pair is estimated at approximately 20 minutes, assuming the C4 Fabrication 6th Gen 4Runner Roof Rack is already mounted on the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eAre these sold as a pair or individually?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication External MOLLE Panels are sold as a left-and-right pair under a single SKU (1125-70200); individual panels are not available as a separate purchase through this listing.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"C4 Fabrication","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50621749854278,"sku":"1125-70200","price":549.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/6th-Gen-4Runner-External-Molle-Panel-1.jpg?v=1791938480"},{"product_id":"c4-fabrication-4runner-rear-window-molle-add-on-shelf-6th-gen-2025","title":"C4 Fabrication 4Runner Rear Window MOLLE Add-On Shelf 6th Gen 2025+","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication Add-On Shelf for Rear Window MOLLE Panels is a high-strength steel storage platform that mounts directly to C4's Rear Window MOLLE Panel System (Part# 1125-70210, required, sold separately) inside the 6th Gen Toyota 4Runner (2025 and newer). MOLLE webbing runs across both the top and bottom surfaces of the shelf, and the shelf can be positioned at multiple heights along the window panels to suit the cargo layout already in the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOrganized Storage Without Sacrificing Access\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause the Add-On Shelf carries MOLLE attachment points on both its top and bottom surfaces, it effectively doubles the usable mounting area within the same footprint. Pouches, tool rolls, recovery gear, and other MOLLE-compatible accessories can be routed to whichever surface keeps them reachable without blocking other cargo. That dual-sided layout means the shelf works as a divider and a storage surface at the same time, rather than forcing a choice between the two.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAdjustable Height for Any Load Configuration\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe shelf slides to multiple positions along the C4 Rear Window MOLLE Panels before locking in place, so the clearance above and below it can be dialed in around whatever else is already in the cargo area. The height can be set to match the actual load: a taller item stored below, a flat layer of gear on top, or a combination of both. C4 estimates installation at roughly 20 minutes, and a downloadable install guide is available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHigh-Strength Steel, Made in the USA\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe shelf is constructed from high-strength steel and finished in a hammer black powder coat. C4 Fabrication designs and manufactures this shelf in the United States. The hammer texture of the powder coat provides a consistent, low-glare appearance that holds up to the abrasion and moisture exposure typical of off-road cargo areas.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual-surface MOLLE:\u003c\/strong\u003e attachment points on both the top and bottom of the shelf for flexible accessory placement\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable mounting height:\u003c\/strong\u003e positions at multiple points along the C4 Rear Window MOLLE Panels\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-strength steel construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e built for off-road and daily-use demands\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHammer black powder coat finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e durable, low-glare surface treatment\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in USA:\u003c\/strong\u003e designed and manufactured by C4 Fabrication\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEstimated 20-minute install:\u003c\/strong\u003e downloadable install guide included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e1125-70220\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eHigh-strength steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eHammer black powder coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e38 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eToyota 4Runner, 6th Gen, 2025+\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eRequired Base System\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eC4 Rear Window MOLLE Panel System, Part# 1125-70210 (sold separately)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eCountry of Origin\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eUSA\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThis shelf suits 6th Gen Toyota 4Runner owners (2025 and newer) who already have C4's Rear Window MOLLE Panel System, or are purchasing it alongside this shelf, and want to add a rigid, height-adjustable storage platform to the rear cargo area. It works well for overlanders and trail drivers who need organized, accessible storage for tools, recovery gear, and MOLLE-compatible pouches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThis shelf does not fit any Toyota 4Runner generation prior to the 6th Gen (2025+), and it cannot be installed without the C4 Rear Window MOLLE Panel System (Part# 1125-70210), which is sold separately and is not included. It is not a standalone cargo shelf and does not mount to any other panel or surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDoes this shelf require any other product to install?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eYes. The C4 Fabrication Add-On Shelf requires the C4 Rear Window MOLLE Panel System for the 6th Gen Toyota 4Runner (Part# 1125-70210) as the mounting base. That panel system is sold separately and must be installed first. The shelf cannot be mounted to the vehicle without it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eCan the shelf height be adjusted after it is installed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eYes. The Add-On Shelf can be repositioned at multiple heights along the C4 Rear Window MOLLE Panels, so the clearance above and below the shelf can be changed to suit different cargo configurations without removing the base panel system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDoes the shelf have MOLLE attachment points on both sides?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eYes. The C4 Add-On Shelf includes integrated MOLLE webbing on both the top and bottom surfaces, allowing MOLLE-compatible pouches, tools, and accessories to be mounted to either face of the shelf independently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eHow long does installation take?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eC4 Fabrication estimates installation of the Add-On Shelf at approximately 20 minutes, assuming the Rear Window MOLLE Panel System is already in place. A downloadable install guide is available to walk through the process.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat finish does the shelf come in?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication Add-On Shelf is finished in a hammer black powder coat. The hammer texture provides a durable, low-glare surface that resists abrasion and moisture in off-road cargo environments. No other finish option is currently offered for this shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"C4 Fabrication","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50621751296070,"sku":"1125-70220","price":398.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/6th-Gen-4Runner-MOLLE-Shelf-1.jpg?v=1791938586"},{"product_id":"c4-fabrication-6th-gen-4runner-rear-window-molle-panel-pair","title":"C4 Fabrication 6th Gen 4Runner Rear Window MOLLE Panel Pair","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication Rear Window MOLLE Panel Pair mounts along the rear cargo windows of the 6th Gen Toyota 4Runner (2025 and newer), converting unused vertical space into a rigid, low-profile MOLLE mounting surface for tools, pouches, recovery gear, and accessories. Panels are sold as a matched left and right pair and are manufactured in the United States. Installation requires drilling and riv-nut work, with an estimated 30-minute install time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCargo Space That Works Harder\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rear cargo area of a 4Runner fills up fast on an overland build, especially once a sleeping platform goes in. By moving gear to the rear window panels, the C4 Fabrication MOLLE Panel Pair frees up floor and shelf space for bulkier items while keeping frequently accessed tools and pouches within arm's reach. The panels are formed to follow the vehicle's interior contours, so they add usable surface without pushing into the cargo zone or blocking rearward visibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eA Mounting Platform That Grows With the Build\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe precision-cut MOLLE pattern accepts a wide range of standard MOLLE-compatible bags, pouches, tool mounts, and light brackets, so the panels work with gear already in the kit rather than requiring proprietary accessories. Each panel also includes integrated mounting provisions for a Baja Designs Dome Light (one per side, sold separately), adding cargo-area illumination for nighttime camp access or trail use without running additional wiring to a separate bracket. For builds that need more horizontal storage, the panels are compatible with C4 Fabrication's Add-On Shelf System (Part# 1125-70220, sold separately), extending the system's capacity as the build evolves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHammer Black Powder Coat, Made in the USA\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe panels are finished in a hammer black powder coat that resists corrosion and abrasion in off-road conditions while maintaining a clean, interior-appropriate appearance. C4 Fabrication manufactures these panels in the United States.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrecision-cut MOLLE pattern:\u003c\/strong\u003e compatible with a wide range of standard MOLLE attachment systems, bags, pouches, and tool mounts\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated dome-light provisions:\u003c\/strong\u003e accepts one Baja Designs Dome Light per side (sold separately) for cargo-area illumination\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdd-On Shelf System compatible:\u003c\/strong\u003e expandable with C4 Fabrication Part# 1125-70220 (sold separately)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHammer black powder coat finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e durable, corrosion-resistant, and OEM-quality in appearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSold as a pair:\u003c\/strong\u003e includes matched left and right panels\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in the USA:\u003c\/strong\u003e manufactured domestically by C4 Fabrication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eFitment\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eToyota 4Runner, 6th Gen, 2025+\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eHammer black powder coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eSold As\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eLeft and right pair\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWeight (pair)\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e22 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eInstallation\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eRequires drilling and riv-nut installation; estimated 30-minute install\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e1125-70210\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eCountry of Origin\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eUSA\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThese panels suit 6th Gen Toyota 4Runner owners (2025 and newer) who want to move overland gear, recovery tools, or pouches off the cargo floor and onto a dedicated vertical mounting surface. They are particularly useful on builds with a sleeping platform where floor space is already committed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThese panels do not fit any 4Runner generation prior to the 6th Gen (2025+), and they are not compatible with other makes or models. Baja Designs Dome Lights, the C4 Fabrication Add-On Shelf System (Part# 1125-70220), and Quick Fist Mounts are not included and must be purchased separately. Installation is not tool-free: drilling and riv-nut work are required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat 4Runner years and generations does this panel pair fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication Rear Window MOLLE Panel Pair is designed specifically for the 6th Generation Toyota 4Runner, model year 2025 and newer. It does not fit 5th Gen or earlier 4Runner models, and fitment has not been stated for any other Toyota vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDoes installation require drilling into the vehicle?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eYes. Installing the C4 Fabrication Rear Window MOLLE Panel Pair requires drilling and riv-nut installation into the vehicle's cargo area. C4 Fabrication estimates the install at approximately 30 minutes, and an install guide is available for download from the product page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eAre the Baja Designs Dome Lights included with the panels?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eNo. The C4 Fabrication Rear Window MOLLE Panel Pair includes integrated mounting provisions for one Baja Designs Dome Light per side, but the lights themselves are sold separately and are not part of this product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eIs the Add-On Shelf System included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eNo. The C4 Fabrication Add-On Shelf System (Part# 1125-70220) is a compatible expansion accessory sold separately. The MOLLE Panel Pair is designed to accept it, but the shelf system is not included in this purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat MOLLE accessories are compatible with these panels?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication Rear Window MOLLE Panel Pair features a precision-cut MOLLE pattern compatible with a wide range of standard MOLLE-compatible bags, pouches, tool mounts, and light brackets. Quick Fist Mounts are listed as a compatible add-on and are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"C4 Fabrication","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50621754081350,"sku":"1125-70210","price":398.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/6th-Gen-4Runner-Rear-Window-MOLLE-Panels-1.jpg?v=1791938702"},{"product_id":"c4-fabrication-lo-pro-winch-bumper-for-6th-gen-toyota-4runner","title":"C4 Fabrication Lo-Pro Winch Bumper for 6th Gen Toyota 4Runner","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication Lo-Pro Winch Bumper is a low-profile front replacement bumper for the 6th Gen Toyota 4Runner (2025+), built from 11-gauge steel with a 3\/16-inch steel winch plate and fully welded 3\/4-inch D-ring mounts front and back. It adds winch and auxiliary lighting capability while preserving the factory body line profile and maintaining full compatibility with Toyota Safety Sense, the front camera, parking sensors, and all driver-assist features across all trims. Available in Raw and Powder Coat finishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eLow-Profile Build That Works With the Factory Design\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Lo-Pro bumper is engineered to integrate closely with the 6th Gen 4Runner's factory body lines rather than replacing the truck's look with an aggressive aftermarket profile. For buyers who want recovery and lighting capability without signaling a full off-road build, that tight integration matters: the bumper reads as factory-adjacent from a distance while adding the structural hardware a winch and light bar require. All factory driver-assist systems remain operational after installation, so there is no trade-off between capability and the safety features the vehicle came with.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eStructural Hardware Built for Recovery Loads\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe outer shell is 11-gauge steel, and the winch plate and mounting brackets step up to 3\/16-inch steel to handle the lateral and rearward loads a winch generates under recovery. The 3\/4-inch D-ring mounts are fully welded on both the front and back faces of the bumper, not bolted on as an afterthought, which keeps the attachment points solid under the stress of a stuck-vehicle pull. The bumper is engineered to accept most 8,000–12,000 lb winches; winches with relocatable control boxes are the best fit, and confirmed fitment has been established with Warn Zeon XD 10-S\/12-S and Warn Evo 10-S\/12-S series winches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eIntegrated Lighting Positions for a Finished Install\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Lo-Pro is designed specifically around the Baja Designs S8 20-inch light bar, with confirmed compatibility for the RIGID 20-inch SR Series as well. Integrated light pockets on each side accept a pair of Baja Designs S2 fog lights; other fog light brands are not guaranteed to fit the pockets without modification. Having dedicated, engineered positions for both the light bar and fog lights means the finished install looks intentional rather than adapted, and wiring runs have a clear path without improvised brackets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatible With C4 Fabrication Skid Plates\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Lo-Pro bumper is compatible with C4 Fabrication skid plates for the 6th Gen 4Runner, allowing the front bumper and underside protection to work together as a coordinated system rather than requiring fitment compromises between separate brands.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e11-gauge steel outer shell\u003c\/strong\u003e with 3\/16-inch steel winch plate and mounting brackets\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFully welded 3\/4-inch D-ring mounts\u003c\/strong\u003e on both front and back faces\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTSS and driver-assist compatible\u003c\/strong\u003e across all 6th Gen 4Runner trims\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesigned for Baja Designs S8 20-inch light bar\u003c\/strong\u003e; also fits RIGID 20-inch SR Series\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated fog light pockets\u003c\/strong\u003e sized for Baja Designs S2 pods\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAll required mounting brackets and hardware included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e6th Gen Toyota 4Runner, 2025+, all trims\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eOuter Shell Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e11-gauge steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWinch Plate and Bracket Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e3\/16-inch steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eD-Ring Mount Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e3\/4 inch, fully welded front and back\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWinch Compatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMost 8,000–12,000 lb winches; confirmed with Warn Zeon XD 10-S\/12-S and Warn Evo 10-S\/12-S\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eLight Bar Fitment\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eDesigned for Baja Designs S8 20-inch; compatible with RIGID 20-inch SR Series\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eFog Light Pockets\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003ePair of Baja Designs S2 (other brands not guaranteed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e74 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eFinish Options\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eRaw (bare steel) or Powder Coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eHardware Included\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eAll required mounting brackets and hardware\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eCountry of Origin\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThis bumper suits 6th Gen Toyota 4Runner owners (2025+) who want to add winch and auxiliary lighting capability with a low-profile look that preserves factory body lines and all driver-assist systems. It works across all trims and pairs with C4 Fabrication skid plates for coordinated underside protection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThis bumper does not fit any 4Runner generation other than the 6th Gen (2025+). Installation requires cutting the center plastic portion of the factory bumper cover. Winches, lights, and D-ring shackles are not included. Raw-finish buyers must paint or powder coat the bumper before installation to prevent corrosion; C4 Fabrication recommends test-fitting before coating to confirm alignment. Winches with integrated (non-relocatable) control boxes may require minor trimming and are not a guaranteed fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDoes this bumper work with Toyota Safety Sense and the factory parking sensors?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication Lo-Pro Winch Bumper is fully compatible with Toyota Safety Sense (TSS), the front camera, parking sensors, and all other driver-assist features on the 6th Gen 4Runner. No driver-assist functionality is lost after installation, and all trims are supported.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat winches fit this bumper?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Lo-Pro Winch Bumper is engineered to accept most 8,000–12,000 lb winches. Winches with relocatable control boxes are the best fit. Confirmed fitment has been established with the Warn Zeon XD 10-S\/12-S and Warn Evo 10-S\/12-S series. Winches with integrated, non-relocatable control boxes may require minor trimming and are not a guaranteed fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat light bar and fog lights does this bumper accept?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Lo-Pro Winch Bumper is designed specifically for the Baja Designs S8 20-inch light bar and also has confirmed compatibility with the RIGID 20-inch SR Series. The integrated fog light pockets are sized for a pair of Baja Designs S2 pods. Other fog light brands are not guaranteed to fit the pockets without modification. Lights are not included with the bumper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDoes installation require cutting the factory bumper?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eYes. Installing the Lo-Pro Winch Bumper on the 6th Gen 4Runner requires cutting the center plastic portion of the factory bumper cover. Two people are recommended for the installation, with an estimated 2.5 hours to complete the mechanical install, not including wiring. An install guide is available for download from C4 Fabrication.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat finish should I choose, and does the raw version need coating before install?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Lo-Pro Winch Bumper is available in Raw bare steel or Powder Coat. If the Raw finish is selected, the bumper must be painted or powder coated before installation to prevent corrosion. C4 Fabrication recommends test-fitting the bumper first to confirm alignment and fitment before sending it out for coating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat hardware is included with the bumper?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Lo-Pro Winch Bumper ships with all required mounting brackets and hardware for installation. Winches, lights, D-ring shackles, and any wiring are not included and must be sourced separately.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"C4 Fabrication","offers":[{"title":"Raw","offer_id":50621754933318,"sku":"1125-10300","price":889.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Powder Coat","offer_id":50621754966086,"sku":"1125-10300-01NA","price":999.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/6th-Gen-4Runner-Lo-Pro-Bumper-1.jpg?v=1791938789"},{"product_id":"c4-fabrication-illuminator-roof-rack-light-mount","title":"C4 Fabrication Illuminator Roof Rack Light Mount","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication Illuminator is a bolt-on side-rail light mount for roof racks, built from lightweight aluminum with a satin black powder coat finish and manufactured in the USA. It angles the light at 35° off the rack's side rail for lateral illumination, useful for obstacle awareness during nighttime off-road driving and for area lighting at camp. Two configurations are available: the S2 Illuminator, sized for a Baja Designs S2 light, and the Rock Light Illuminator, designed for a universal rock light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAimed Where It Counts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMounting a light flat or forward on a roof rack leaves the sides of the trail dark. The Illuminator positions the light at a 35° angle off the rack's side rail, directing output laterally rather than straight ahead. That angle puts light on the rocks, ruts, and brush immediately beside the vehicle: the zone that matters most for slow-speed obstacle navigation and for lighting a campsite without blinding everyone in it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBolt-On to the Side Rail\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Illuminator attaches directly to the side panels of a roof rack with a bolt-on connection, requiring no drilling, no fabrication, and no modification to the rack. Beyond C4 Fabrication's own roof racks, the Illuminator is also compatible with most roof racks on the market and can be mounted to C4 MOLLE panels, giving it a wider range of placement options on a built vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eAluminum Construction, Made in the USA\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Illuminator is built from lightweight aluminum and finished in satin black powder coat, which resists corrosion and blends with standard rack finishes. At 1 lb per unit, it adds minimal weight to the rack. Every Illuminator is manufactured in the United States.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo configurations:\u003c\/strong\u003e S2 Illuminator for a Baja Designs S2 light; Rock Light Illuminator for a universal rock light\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e35° light angle:\u003c\/strong\u003e directs output laterally off the rack side rail for obstacle awareness and camp area lighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBolt-on installation:\u003c\/strong\u003e attaches directly to roof rack side panels with no drilling or modification\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLightweight aluminum construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1 lb per unit with satin black powder coat finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBroad compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e fits C4 Fabrication roof racks, most roof racks on the market, and C4 MOLLE panels\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eS2 Illuminator\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eRock Light Illuminator\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eAC9908601NA\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eAC9908801NA\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eAluminum\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eAluminum\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eSatin black powder coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eSatin black powder coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e1 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e1 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eLight angle\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e35°\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e35°\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eLight compatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eBaja Designs S2\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eUniversal rock light\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMounting\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd colspan=\"2\"\u003eRoof rack side rails (C4 Fabrication and most market racks); C4 MOLLE panels\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eOrigin\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd colspan=\"2\"\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThe Illuminator suits overlanders and campers who want side-mounted lighting on an existing roof rack or C4 MOLLE panel. The S2 configuration is the right choice for anyone running a Baja Designs S2 light who wants it aimed laterally off the rack; the Rock Light configuration works for anyone adding a universal rock light for ambient or auxiliary side illumination.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThe Illuminator is a mounting bracket only and does not include a light. A Baja Designs S2 light or a compatible rock light is required separately to complete the installation. The mount is not designed for bar-style lights or flush-mount configurations outside the two stated variants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat light does the S2 Illuminator accept?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe S2 Illuminator is designed specifically to mount a Baja Designs S2 light to a roof rack side rail, positioning it at a 35° lateral angle for side illumination. The Baja Designs S2 light is not included with the Illuminator mount and is purchased separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eIs the Rock Light Illuminator compatible with any brand of rock light?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Rock Light Illuminator is designed for a universal rock light rather than a proprietary unit, which means it is intended to accept standard rock light form factors. Specific brand compatibility beyond the universal rock light designation is not detailed in the product data; confirm your rock light's dimensions are compatible before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eHow does the Illuminator attach to a roof rack?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Illuminator uses a bolt-on connection to the side panels of a roof rack, requiring no drilling or modification to the rack. It is compatible with C4 Fabrication roof racks, most roof racks on the market, and C4 MOLLE panels, making it adaptable to a range of existing setups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDoes the Illuminator work on non-C4 roof racks?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eYes. The Illuminator is compatible with C4 Fabrication roof racks and with most roof racks on the market, as well as C4 MOLLE panels. The bolt-on design attaches to the rack's side rail structure without requiring any rack-specific modification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat finish does the Illuminator come in?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Illuminator is finished in satin black powder coat, which resists corrosion and is consistent with the finish on most C4 Fabrication roof racks and MOLLE panels. No additional finish options are listed for this mount.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"C4 Fabrication","offers":[{"title":"S2 Illuminator","offer_id":50621758701638,"sku":"AC9908601NA","price":49.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Rock Light Iluminator","offer_id":50621758734406,"sku":"AC9908801NA","price":39.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/S2-Illuminator-Studio-5-sq_32739850-b2c9-48fa-b34d-af01b4de6965.jpg?v=1791938964"},{"product_id":"c4-fabrication-quick-fist-mounts-and-clamps-for-molle-panels-and-truck","title":"C4 Fabrication Quick Fist Mounts and Clamps for MOLLE Panels and Truck Beds","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication Quick Fist Mount and Clamp set is a pair of CNC-cut aluminum mounts paired with two Quick Fist rubber-style clamps, designed to secure tools such as shovels, picks, and axes to any flat surface on a vehicle. Each clamp holds objects 1 inch to 2.25 inches in diameter and supports approximately 25 lb. The mounts attach using 1\/4-inch bolts and are designed to work seamlessly with C4 Fabrication MOLLE panels; they also mount to truck beds, bed racks, roof racks, and cargo rails, though some surfaces may require drilling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTool Access Where You Need It\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeeping recovery and camp tools within arm's reach on the trail means less time digging through a packed bed and more time moving. The Quick Fist Mounts let you position a shovel, pick, or axe on a MOLLE panel, bed rack, or cargo rail exactly where it makes sense for your load-out, not wherever a fixed bracket happened to land. Because the mounts accept 1\/4-inch bolts and can go on any flat surface, placement is a decision you make, not one the vehicle makes for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilt to Stay Put in Any Weather\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mounts are CNC-cut from aluminum, which resists corrosion without needing a coating to do it, a practical advantage on vehicles that see mud, salt spray, or standing water regularly. The Quick Fist clamps are rated to hold through temperature extremes, so a cold-soak overnight or a hot desert run won't loosen their grip on a mounted tool. Mounting hardware is included, so the pair is ready to install without a separate trip to the hardware store.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes two mounts and two clamps:\u003c\/strong\u003e each mount pairs with one Quick Fist clamp, sold as a complete pair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCNC-cut aluminum construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e corrosion-resistant without additional coating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e25 lb per-clamp capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e each clamp supports approximately 25 lb.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1-inch to 2.25-inch diameter range:\u003c\/strong\u003e fits round-handled tools including shovels, picks, and axes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature-stable clamps:\u003c\/strong\u003e grip is not affected by heat or cold.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMounting hardware included:\u003c\/strong\u003e attaches to any flat surface via 1\/4-inch bolts; drilling may be required on some surfaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMount material\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eCNC-cut aluminum\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eClamp capacity (each)\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eApproximately 25 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eClamp diameter range\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e1 inch to 2.25 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMounting bolt size\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e1\/4 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eQuantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e2 mounts, 2 clamps\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMounting hardware\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eCompatible surfaces\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eAny flat surface (MOLLE panels, truck beds, bed racks, roof racks, cargo rails); drilling may be required\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eOrigin\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMade in USA\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eR0000MSPQUICK\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThe Quick Fist Mount and Clamp set suits overlanders and off-road drivers who want to mount long-handled tools (shovels, picks, axes, hi-lift handles) to a MOLLE panel, bed rack, roof rack, or any flat vehicle surface. The set works with C4 Fabrication MOLLE panels without modification and adapts to other flat surfaces with 1\/4-inch hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThe clamps do not accommodate objects smaller than 1 inch or larger than 2.25 inches in diameter. Mounting to surfaces without existing 1\/4-inch bolt holes requires drilling. This set does not include a MOLLE panel, bed rack, or roof rack; those are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat kinds of tools will the Quick Fist clamps hold?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Quick Fist clamps in this set are sized for round-handled tools between 1 inch and 2.25 inches in diameter, a range that covers most full-size shovels, picks, axes, and similar long-handled recovery or camp tools. Objects outside that diameter range will not be held securely by the clamps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDo I need to drill to install these mounts?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Quick Fist Mounts attach using 1\/4-inch bolts and mounting hardware is included. On C4 Fabrication MOLLE panels, no drilling is required. On other flat surfaces (truck beds, bed racks, roof racks, cargo rails), drilling may be required depending on whether existing 1\/4-inch holes are present.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eAre these compatible with C4 Fabrication MOLLE panels?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eYes. The Quick Fist Mounts are specifically designed to work with C4 Fabrication MOLLE panels and install without modification. They also mount to other flat surfaces on a vehicle, making them usable beyond a dedicated MOLLE panel setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWill the clamps loosen in extreme heat or cold?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Quick Fist clamps in this set are not affected by heat or cold, so grip performance holds through temperature extremes encountered in desert or alpine environments. The CNC-cut aluminum mounts resist corrosion in wet or salty conditions without requiring a protective coating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat is included in the set?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe set includes two CNC-cut aluminum mounts, two Quick Fist clamps, and mounting hardware. A MOLLE panel, bed rack, roof rack, or other mounting surface is not included and must be purchased separately.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"C4 Fabrication","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50621763715142,"sku":"R0000MSPQUICK","price":49.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/Rago-Quick-Fist-Molle-Panel-Mount-Pair-sq.jpg?v=1791939080"},{"product_id":"c4-fabrication-4runner-full-skid-plates-6th-gen-2025","title":"C4 Fabrication 4Runner Full Skid Plates 6th Gen 2025+","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication Full Skid Plate system for the 2025+ Toyota 4Runner (6th Gen) provides complete underside coverage from the radiator to the transfer case, built from 3\/16-inch CNC-cut pickled-and-oiled (P\u0026amp;O) steel and weighing 122 lb as a set. The system is available in two drivetrain configurations (iForce 2.4L 4-Cyl. Turbo and iForce MAX Hybrid) and two sway bar disconnect variants, each in raw steel or powder coat finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRadiator-to-Transfer-Case Coverage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe skid plate system includes both a front and a rear plate, together spanning the full underside of the 6th Gen 4Runner. The front plate covers the bottom of the radiator, an area left exposed on 4Runner models that do not have the TRD Off Road package. Protecting that section matters because a single rock strike against an unguarded radiator can end a trail run; the C4 Fabrication system closes that gap regardless of trim level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOil Changes Without Pulling the Skids\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDedicated oil drain and oil filter access covers are built into the skid plate design. Routine oil changes do not require removing the skid plates, which on a 122 lb steel system is a meaningful time and labor savings over the life of the vehicle. The covers keep the maintenance schedule intact without compromising the protection the plates provide.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBolt-On Installation with Included Hardware\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe system uses a 100% bolt-on design and ships with all mounting hardware. No cutting or welding is required for installation. The plates are compatible with most aftermarket bumpers, so buyers who have already upgraded their front end do not need to revert to OEM to run this system. Note that installing the front skid plate removes the OEM tow and recovery points; buyers who rely on those points should plan for aftermarket recovery hardware before installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFinish and Rust Prevention\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRaw steel variants ship as bare P\u0026amp;O steel and must be painted or powder coated before installation to prevent rust. C4 Fabrication recommends test-fitting the plates before applying any coating to confirm alignment and fitment. Buyers who prefer a ready-to-install finish should select the powder coat option, which arrives fully coated and does not require additional surface treatment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull underside coverage:\u003c\/strong\u003e front and rear skid plates span radiator to transfer case\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3\/16-inch P\u0026amp;O steel construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e CNC-cut pickled-and-oiled steel throughout\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOil service access covers:\u003c\/strong\u003e oil drain and filter covers built in; no skid removal needed for oil changes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBolt-on design:\u003c\/strong\u003e all mounting hardware included; no cutting or welding required\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAftermarket bumper compatible:\u003c\/strong\u003e works with most aftermarket front bumpers\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in the USA:\u003c\/strong\u003e manufactured domestically by C4 Fabrication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e2025+ Toyota 4Runner, 6th Gen\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eDrivetrain Options\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eiForce 2.4L 4-Cyl. Turbo w\/ Automatic Transmission; iForce MAX Hybrid w\/ Automatic Transmission\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eSway Bar Disconnect Options\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eSway Bar Disconnect Skid; Non-Sway Bar Disconnect Skid\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e3\/16-inch CNC-cut pickled-and-oiled (P\u0026amp;O) steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eSystem Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e122 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eFinish Options\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eRaw (bare steel, requires painting or powder coating before installation); Powder Coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eCoverage\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eRadiator to transfer case (front and rear plates included)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eHardware\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eAll mounting hardware included\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eOrigin\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMade in USA\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThis skid plate system suits 2025+ Toyota 4Runner (6th Gen) owners running either the iForce 2.4L Turbo or iForce MAX Hybrid drivetrain who want full underside protection for off-road and overlanding use. It is particularly well-suited for 4Runner trims without the TRD Off Road package, where the radiator bottom is otherwise unprotected.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThis system does not fit any 4Runner generation prior to the 6th Gen (2025+), and it does not fit Tacoma, Tundra, or any other vehicle. Installing the front skid plate removes the OEM tow and recovery points; the system does not include replacement recovery hardware. Raw finish variants are not ready to install as shipped; they require painting or powder coating before installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhich sway bar disconnect variant should I choose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Sway Bar Disconnect Skid variant of the C4 Fabrication 4Runner Full Skid Plate system is the recommended choice if you are unsure which your vehicle has. The two variants accommodate different sway bar disconnect configurations on the 6th Gen 4Runner; selecting the wrong one may affect fitment, so confirm your vehicle's configuration before ordering the Non-Sway Bar Disconnect version.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDoes the system work with an aftermarket front bumper?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication 4Runner Full Skid Plate system is compatible with most aftermarket front bumpers. Buyers running an aftermarket bumper do not need to reinstall the OEM bumper to mount the skid plates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eCan I change the oil without removing the skid plates?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eYes. The C4 Fabrication 4Runner Full Skid Plate system includes built-in oil drain and oil filter access covers, so routine oil changes can be performed without removing either plate. This keeps service intervals straightforward even with the full skid system installed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat happens to the OEM tow and recovery points?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eInstalling the front skid plate of the C4 Fabrication system removes the OEM tow and recovery points on the 6th Gen 4Runner. Buyers who rely on those points for recovery should plan to add aftermarket recovery hardware before or alongside installation of the skid plates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDoes the raw steel finish need any treatment before installation?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eRaw finish variants of the C4 Fabrication 4Runner Full Skid Plate system ship as bare pickled-and-oiled steel and must be painted or powder coated before installation to prevent rust. C4 Fabrication recommends completing a test fit first to confirm alignment before applying any coating.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"C4 Fabrication","offers":[{"title":"Raw \/ iForce 2.4L 4-Cyl. Turbo w\/ Automatic Transmission \/ Sway Bar Disconnect Skid (If you don't know choose this one!)","offer_id":50621770891334,"sku":"1224-50600","price":1199.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Raw \/ iForce 2.4L 4-Cyl. Turbo w\/ Automatic Transmission \/ Non-Sway Bar Disconnect Skid","offer_id":50621770924102,"sku":"1224-50603","price":1199.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Raw \/ iForce MAX Hybrid w\/ Automatic Transmission \/ Sway Bar Disconnect Skid (If you don't know choose this one!)","offer_id":50621770956870,"sku":"1224-50602","price":1199.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Raw \/ iForce MAX Hybrid w\/ Automatic Transmission \/ Non-Sway Bar Disconnect Skid","offer_id":50621770989638,"sku":"1224-50604","price":1199.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Powder Coat \/ iForce 2.4L 4-Cyl. Turbo w\/ Automatic Transmission \/ Sway Bar Disconnect Skid (If you don't know choose this one!)","offer_id":50621771022406,"sku":"1224-50600-01NA","price":1359.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Powder Coat \/ iForce 2.4L 4-Cyl. Turbo w\/ Automatic Transmission \/ Non-Sway Bar Disconnect Skid","offer_id":50621771055174,"sku":"1224-50603-01NA","price":1359.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Powder Coat \/ iForce MAX Hybrid w\/ Automatic Transmission \/ Sway Bar Disconnect Skid (If you don't know choose this one!)","offer_id":50621771087942,"sku":"1224-50602-01NA","price":1359.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Powder Coat \/ iForce MAX Hybrid w\/ Automatic Transmission \/ Non-Sway Bar Disconnect Skid","offer_id":50621771120710,"sku":"1224-50604-01NA","price":1359.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/6th-Gen-4Runner-Full-Skid-Plates.jpg?v=1791939218"},{"product_id":"c4-fabrication-4runner-rear-skid-plates-6th-gen-2025","title":"C4 Fabrication 4Runner Rear Skid Plates 6th Gen 2025+","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication 4Runner Rear Skid Plates are a bolt-on underbody protection system built from 3\/16\" CNC-cut pickled and oiled steel for the 6th Generation Toyota 4Runner (2025+), covering the transmission, transfer case, and exhaust including catalytic converters. A bolt-in crossmember adds structural reinforcement specifically around the transfer case. Variants are available for the iForce 2.4L 4-Cyl. Turbo and iForce MAX Hybrid drivetrains, each offered in raw steel or powder coat finish, with or without a sway bar disconnect cutout.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eTransfer Case Coverage That Holds Its Ground\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe C4 Fabrication rear skid system includes a unique bolt-in crossmember engineered to maximize protection around the transfer case, one of the most vulnerable and expensive drivetrain components on a 4Runner running technical terrain. Rather than relying solely on the skid plate's own rigidity, the crossmember distributes impact loads across the mounting structure, keeping the plate from deflecting into the components it is meant to shield. For a 4Runner owner running rocky trails or desert washes where transfer case strikes are a real possibility, that added structural layer is the difference between a glancing blow and a repair bill.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWide Underbody Coverage in One Bolt-On Kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rear skid plates protect the transmission, transfer case, and full exhaust run including the catalytic converters. These are components spread across a wide section of the 4Runner's underbody that are collectively expensive to repair or replace. The 100% bolt-on design uses the included mounting hardware and attaches to the C4 front skid plate, which must be installed first. No cutting or welding is required. All mounting hardware ships with the kit, so there are no separate trips to the hardware store before the install can begin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDrivetrain-Specific Fitment Across 6th Gen Trim Levels\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 6th Generation 4Runner's two powertrains, the iForce 2.4L 4-Cyl. Turbo with Automatic Transmission and the iForce MAX Hybrid with Automatic Transmission, have different underbody layouts, so a separate skid variant is offered for each. Within each drivetrain option, a sway bar disconnect cutout variant is available for 4Runners equipped with a sway bar disconnect system; buyers who are unsure which applies to their build should select the sway bar disconnect version. The skid plates are compatible with SR5, TRD Sport, TRD Off-Road, and TRD Pro trim levels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3\/16\" CNC-Cut P\u0026amp;O Steel:\u003c\/strong\u003e pickled and oiled plate stock, CNC cut for consistent fitment\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBolt-In Crossmember:\u003c\/strong\u003e dedicated structural crossmember for maximum transfer case protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFull Exhaust Coverage:\u003c\/strong\u003e protects transmission, transfer case, and exhaust including catalytic converters\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100% Bolt-On Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e all mounting hardware included; no cutting or welding required\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDrivetrain-Specific Variants:\u003c\/strong\u003e separate skids for iForce 2.4L Turbo and iForce MAX Hybrid drivetrains\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in the USA:\u003c\/strong\u003e manufactured by C4 Fabrication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eFitment\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e6th Gen Toyota 4Runner, 2025+ (SR5, TRD Sport, TRD Off-Road, TRD Pro)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eDrivetrain Options\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eiForce 2.4L 4-Cyl. Turbo w\/ Automatic Transmission; iForce MAX Hybrid w\/ Automatic Transmission\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eSway Bar Disconnect Options\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eSway Bar Disconnect Skid; Non-Sway Bar Disconnect Skid\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e3\/16\" CNC-cut pickled and oiled (P\u0026amp;O) steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eFinish Options\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eRaw (bare steel, must be painted or powder coated before installation to prevent rust); Powder Coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e72 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMounting Hardware\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eAll hardware included\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eTransmission skid plate, transfer case skid plate, bolt-in crossmember; front skid plate not included\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eInstallation\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e100% bolt-on; requires C4 front skid plate (sold separately)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eOrigin\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMade in USA\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThese skid plates suit 6th Generation Toyota 4Runner owners (2025+) on SR5, TRD Sport, TRD Off-Road, or TRD Pro trim who are running the C4 front skid plate and want to extend underbody protection rearward to cover the transmission, transfer case, and exhaust on technical trails, rocky terrain, or high-clearance off-road use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThese skid plates do not include the C4 front skid plate, which is required for installation and must be purchased separately; the rear skids cannot be installed without it. The raw steel finish ships as bare steel and must be painted or powder coated before installation to prevent rust. These plates fit the 6th Gen Toyota 4Runner (2025+) only and are compatible with the C4 front skid plate only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDoes this kit include the front skid plate?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication 4Runner Rear Skid Plates include the transmission skid plate, transfer case skid plate, and bolt-in crossmember only. The C4 front skid plate is not included and must be purchased separately. The rear skid system cannot be installed without the C4 front skid plate already in place; it is a required mounting point, not an optional add-on.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eHow do I know whether to choose the sway bar disconnect or non-sway bar disconnect version?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe sway bar disconnect variant includes a cutout for 4Runners equipped with a sway bar disconnect system. When in doubt, select the sway bar disconnect version; it is the default choice for buyers who are not certain, and the variant selector on this page reflects that guidance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat does the raw steel finish require before installation?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eRaw finish C4 Fabrication rear skid plates ship as bare pickled and oiled steel with no protective coating applied. To prevent rust, the plates must be painted or powder coated before installation. Test fitting the skid plates on the vehicle before sending them out for coating is recommended, so any alignment adjustments can be made on bare steel rather than on a finished surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat components do these skid plates protect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication 4Runner Rear Skid Plates cover the transmission, transfer case, and the full exhaust run including the catalytic converters. A bolt-in crossmember provides additional structural reinforcement around the transfer case specifically, distributing impact loads rather than concentrating them at a single point on the plate.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"C4 Fabrication","offers":[{"title":"Raw \/ iForce 2.4L 4-Cyl. Turbo w\/ Automatic Transmission \/ Sway Bar Disconnect Skid (If you don't know choose this one!)","offer_id":50621777903686,"sku":"1224-50500","price":649.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Raw \/ iForce 2.4L 4-Cyl. Turbo w\/ Automatic Transmission \/ Non-Sway Bar Disconnect Skid","offer_id":50621777936454,"sku":"1224-50503","price":649.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Raw \/ iForce MAX Hybrid w\/ Automatic Transmission \/ Sway Bar Disconnect Skid (If you don't know choose this one!)","offer_id":50621777969222,"sku":"1224-50502","price":649.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Raw \/ iForce MAX Hybrid w\/ Automatic Transmission \/ Non-Sway Bar Disconnect Skid","offer_id":50621778001990,"sku":"1224-50504","price":649.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Powder Coat \/ iForce 2.4L 4-Cyl. Turbo w\/ Automatic Transmission \/ Sway Bar Disconnect Skid (If you don't know choose this one!)","offer_id":50621778034758,"sku":"1224-50500-01NA","price":759.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Powder Coat \/ iForce 2.4L 4-Cyl. Turbo w\/ Automatic Transmission \/ Non-Sway Bar Disconnect Skid","offer_id":50621778067526,"sku":"1224-50503-01NA","price":759.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Powder Coat \/ iForce MAX Hybrid w\/ Automatic Transmission \/ Sway Bar Disconnect Skid (If you don't know choose this one!)","offer_id":50621778100294,"sku":"1224-50502-01NA","price":759.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Powder Coat \/ iForce MAX Hybrid w\/ Automatic Transmission \/ Non-Sway Bar Disconnect Skid","offer_id":50621778133062,"sku":"1224-50504-01NA","price":759.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/4thGenerationTacomaRearSkidCover_015f68f2-343d-404e-a976-120.jpg?v=1791939360"},{"product_id":"c4-fabrication-6th-gen-4runner-front-skid-plate","title":"C4 Fabrication 6th Gen 4Runner Front Skid Plate","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication 6th Gen 4Runner Front Skid Plate is a two-piece, 100% bolt-on underside guard built from 3\/16-inch CNC-cut pickled-and-oiled steel for the 2025 and newer Toyota 4Runner. Weighing 50 lb, it covers vital engine components and the bottom of the radiator. That includes the lower radiator section left exposed on trims without the TRD Off-Road skid package. Available in raw steel or powder coat finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWide Coverage Where It Counts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe two-piece skid plate spans the full width of the front undercarriage, protecting the engine bay floor and the lower radiator, a section of the 6th Gen 4Runner that sits unguarded on trims without the factory TRD Off-Road skid package. For buyers who wheel on rocky trails or rutted two-track, that exposed radiator bottom is a real vulnerability; a single rock strike in the wrong spot can end a trip. The C4 Fabrication skid closes that gap with steel coverage rather than a trim-level upgrade.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003e3\/16-Inch Steel, Kept to a Practical Weight\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe skid plate is CNC-cut from 3\/16-inch pickled-and-oiled (P\u0026amp;O) steel, a carbon steel that balances impact resistance with a finished weight of 50 lb. That thickness is meaningful on a front skid: it absorbs glancing rock strikes and ledge impacts that would deform thinner aluminum alternatives, while the two-piece design keeps each panel manageable during a solo installation. All mounting hardware is included, and the bolt-on design requires no cutting or welding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eService Without Removal\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntegrated oil drain and oil filter access covers let a technician or owner complete a standard oil change without unbolting the skid plate. On a vehicle used frequently off-road, where service intervals may come up mid-trip or at a remote shop, that access saves real time. The skid plate is also compatible with the factory sway bar skid plate on 4Runner models equipped with the electronic disconnecting sway bar, and it accommodates most aftermarket front bumpers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo-piece bolt-on design:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100% bolt-on installation with all mounting hardware included; no cutting or welding required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3\/16-inch P\u0026amp;O steel construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e CNC-cut pickled-and-oiled carbon steel for impact resistance across the front undercarriage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRadiator bottom coverage:\u003c\/strong\u003e Shields the lower radiator, which is exposed on trims without the factory TRD Off-Road skid package.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated service access:\u003c\/strong\u003e Oil drain and oil filter covers allow oil changes without removing the skid plate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSway bar skid compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Works with the factory sway bar skid plate on models with the electronic disconnecting sway bar.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAftermarket bumper compatible:\u003c\/strong\u003e Accommodates most aftermarket front bumpers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e3\/16-inch CNC-cut pickled-and-oiled (P\u0026amp;O) steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e50 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eDesign\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eTwo-piece\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eFinish options\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eRaw steel; Powder coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eHardware included\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eAll mounting hardware included\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eVehicle fitment\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e2025+ Toyota 4Runner (6th Gen): SR5, TRD Sport, TRD Off-Road, TRD Pro\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eCountry of manufacture\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eUSA\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThis skid plate suits 2025 and newer Toyota 4Runner owners on SR5, TRD Sport, TRD Off-Road, or TRD Pro trims who want steel underside protection for the engine bay and lower radiator, particularly those running trails where rock strikes or debris contact under the front of the truck is a realistic risk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThis skid plate covers the front undercarriage only; it does not include differential, fuel tank, transfer case, or rear skid coverage. Those are sold separately. Installing this skid plate removes the OEM tow and recovery points. It does not fit any 4Runner generation prior to the 6th Gen (2025+). Raw-finish orders ship as bare steel and must be painted or powder coated before installation to prevent rust; C4 Fabrication recommends test-fitting before coating to confirm alignment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDoes this skid plate fit all 6th Gen 4Runner trims?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication 6th Gen 4Runner Front Skid Plate is compatible with SR5, TRD Sport, TRD Off-Road, and TRD Pro trims of the 2025 and newer 4Runner. It also works with the factory sway bar skid plate on models equipped with the electronic disconnecting sway bar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eCan I change the oil without removing the skid plate?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eYes. The 6th Gen 4Runner Front Skid Plate includes integrated oil drain and oil filter access covers, so standard oil changes can be completed without unbolting or removing the skid plate from the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDoes the raw steel finish need any treatment before installation?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eRaw-finish orders ship as bare steel and must be painted or powder coated before installation to prevent rust. C4 Fabrication recommends test-fitting the skid plate for proper alignment and fitment before sending it out for coating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWill this skid plate work with my aftermarket front bumper?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe 6th Gen 4Runner Front Skid Plate is designed to accommodate most aftermarket front bumpers. If you are running a less common or custom bumper setup, confirming clearance before ordering is advisable.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eAre the OEM tow and recovery points retained after installation?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eNo. Installing the C4 Fabrication 6th Gen 4Runner Front Skid Plate removes the OEM tow and recovery points. Buyers who rely on those factory points for recovery should plan for an aftermarket recovery solution before installing this skid plate.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"C4 Fabrication","offers":[{"title":"Raw","offer_id":50621782097990,"sku":"1224-50400","price":599.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Powder Coat","offer_id":50621782130758,"sku":"1224-50400-01NA","price":699.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/6th-Gen-4Runner-Front-Skid-Plate.jpg?v=1791939475"},{"product_id":"c4-fabrication-rock-runner-front-bumper-for-2nd-gen-tacoma-2012-2015","title":"C4 Fabrication Rock Runner Front Bumper for 2nd Gen Tacoma 2012-2015","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication Rock Runner is a 3-piece modular steel front bumper built for the 2012–2015 Toyota Tacoma (2nd Gen). Constructed from 11-gauge laser-cut P\u0026amp;O steel with 3\/16-inch mounting plates and a reinforced winch plate, the Rock Runner is designed to take hard trail hits while keeping the truck recovery-ready. Plate Sides, Tube Sides, and Wide Tube Sides (for fiberglass fenders) are the three wing-style options; a choice of raw or powder-coat finish lets buyers configure the bumper to their build.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWinch-Ready from the Start\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Rock Runner's recessed fairlead mount and dedicated winch lever cutouts mean a winch installs cleanly without improvised brackets or clearance compromises. The bumper is sized for most 8,000–12,000 lb winches, with confirmed fitment on the Smittybilt X20 and Warn VR series. Winches with a relocatable control box are recommended; integrated control box winches may require slight trimming of the grille support brackets. C4 Fabrication recommends synthetic rope and a hawse-style fairlead for best functionality. Every Rock Runner ships with a winch cover plate and a bridge skid that connects to the factory cross member or an existing skid system, so the underside stays protected from the first drive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eModular Design, Meaningful Choices\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bolt-on wing system is the practical core of the Rock Runner's modularity. Plate Sides give a clean, solid look; Tube Sides open up more airflow and a slightly more aggressive profile; Wide Tube Sides are cut specifically for trucks running fiberglass fenders. All three wing styles bring the front bumper section to 85 lbs, light enough that a two-person install is manageable without a lift. Adding the optional low bull bar brings total weight to 90 lbs and provides a mounting point for auxiliary lighting, though it is not compatible with Toyota Safety Sense.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilt to Last, Finished to Spec\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEleven-gauge P\u0026amp;O steel and 3\/16-inch mounting plates give the Rock Runner the structural depth to handle recovery loads without flexing at the frame connection. The 3\/4-inch D-ring tabs are fully welded front and back (not bolted on), so recovery forces transfer directly into the bumper structure rather than through a fastener. Frame support brackets are included with every bumper. Buyers who choose the raw finish should paint or powder coat the bumper before installation to prevent rust; C4 Fabrication recommends test-fitting before coating to confirm alignment. The powder-coat option ships ready to install.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e11-gauge P\u0026amp;O steel construction\u003c\/strong\u003e with 3\/16-inch mounting plates and reinforced winch plate\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3-piece modular design\u003c\/strong\u003e with bolt-on wings in Plate, Tube, or Wide Tube (fiberglass) styles\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3\/4-inch D-ring tabs\u003c\/strong\u003e fully welded front and back, standard on every unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWinch-ready\u003c\/strong\u003e for most 8,000–12,000 lb winches; recessed fairlead mount and lever-access cutouts included\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShips with winch cover plate and bridge skid\u003c\/strong\u003e compatible with factory cross member and existing skid systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame support brackets included\u003c\/strong\u003e with every 2nd Gen Tacoma Rock Runner bumper\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eFitment\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e2012–2015 Toyota Tacoma (2nd Gen)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e11-gauge laser-cut P\u0026amp;O steel; 3\/16-inch mounting plates and winch plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eD-Ring Tabs\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e3\/4-inch, fully welded front and back\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eBumper Weight (front section)\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e85 lb (Plate Sides or Tube Sides); bull bar adds 5 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eFinish Options\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eRaw (bare steel) or Powder Coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWing Style Options\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003ePlate Sides, Tube Sides, Wide Tube Sides (for fiberglass fenders)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eBull Bar Option\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eLow bar; not compatible with Toyota Safety Sense\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWinch Compatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMost 8,000–12,000 lb winches; confirmed: Smittybilt X20, Warn VR series\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eIncluded Hardware\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWinch cover plate, bridge skid, frame support brackets, 3\/4-inch D-ring tabs\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eCross Member Delete Package (if selected)\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eReplacement cross member, Rock Runner front skid plate, power steering relocation kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eCountry of Origin\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMade in USA\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThe Rock Runner front bumper suits 2012–2015 Toyota Tacoma owners building a winch-capable, trail-ready rig who want a modular steel bumper with genuine recovery hardware. Buyers running fiberglass fenders should select the Wide Tube Sides variant. The cross member delete package is the right choice for those integrating a full Rock Runner skid plate system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThe Rock Runner does not fit any Tacoma outside the 2012–2015 2nd Gen range. The bull bar option is not compatible with trucks equipped with Toyota Safety Sense. The cross member delete requires cutting out the factory cross member; buyers who select it should be prepared for that modification. Winch, fairlead, and rope are not included and are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhich wing style is right for my truck?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Rock Runner front bumper is available with Plate Sides for a solid, clean look, Tube Sides for an open-profile appearance, or Wide Tube Sides designed specifically for trucks running fiberglass fenders. All three wing styles bring the front bumper section to the same 85 lb weight, so the choice is based on fender type and aesthetic preference rather than any difference in strength or fitment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eIs the bull bar compatible with Toyota Safety Sense?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe optional low bull bar for the Rock Runner front bumper is not compatible with Toyota Safety Sense. Tacoma owners whose trucks are equipped with Toyota Safety Sense should select the No Bull Bar configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat winches fit the Rock Runner?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Rock Runner front bumper is sized for most 8,000–12,000 lb winches. Confirmed fitment includes the Smittybilt X20 and Warn VR series. Winches with a relocatable control box are recommended; winches with an integrated control box may require slight trimming of the grille support brackets. Synthetic rope and a hawse-style fairlead are recommended for best functionality with the recessed fairlead mount.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat is included in the box?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eEvery Rock Runner front bumper ships with a winch cover plate, a bridge skid that connects to the factory cross member or an existing skid system, frame support brackets, and fully welded 3\/4-inch D-ring tabs. Buyers who select the cross member delete option also receive a replacement cross member, a Rock Runner front skid plate, and a power steering relocation kit. Winch, fairlead, and rope are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDoes the raw finish need to be coated before installation?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eYes. The Rock Runner front bumper in raw finish ships as bare steel and must be painted or powder coated before installation to prevent rust. C4 Fabrication recommends test-fitting the bumper first to confirm alignment and fitment before sending it out for coating. Buyers who prefer a ready-to-install option should select the powder-coat finish variant, which ships finished and does not require additional surface treatment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat does the cross member delete package include, and what does it require?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eWhen the cross member delete option is selected, the Rock Runner front bumper package expands to include a replacement cross member, a Rock Runner front skid plate, and a power steering relocation kit. This option requires cutting out the factory cross member and replacing it with the supplied unit. Buyers considering this configuration should review C4 Fabrication's cross member delete installation documentation before purchasing.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"C4 Fabrication","offers":[{"title":"Raw \/ Plate Sides \/ No Bull Bar","offer_id":50621794418758,"sku":"1200-3512-NB-P","price":1249.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Raw \/ Plate Sides \/ Yes - Low Bar","offer_id":50621794451526,"sku":"1200-3512-MH-P","price":1349.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Raw \/ Tube Sides \/ No Bull Bar","offer_id":50621794484294,"sku":"1200-3512-NB-T","price":1249.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Raw \/ Tube Sides \/ Yes - Low Bar","offer_id":50621794517062,"sku":"1200-3512-MH-T","price":1349.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Raw \/ Wide Tube Sides (for fiber glass) \/ No Bull Bar","offer_id":50621794549830,"sku":"1200-3512-NB-T-W","price":1299.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Raw \/ Wide Tube Sides (for fiber glass) \/ Yes - Low Bar","offer_id":50621794582598,"sku":"1200-3512-MH-T-W","price":1399.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Powder Coat \/ Plate Sides \/ No Bull Bar","offer_id":50621794615366,"sku":"1200-3512-NB-P-01NA","price":1399.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Powder Coat \/ Plate Sides \/ Yes - Low Bar","offer_id":50621794648134,"sku":"1200-3512-MH-P-01NA","price":1499.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Powder Coat \/ Tube Sides \/ No Bull Bar","offer_id":50621794680902,"sku":"1200-3512-NB-T-01NA","price":1399.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Powder Coat \/ Tube Sides \/ Yes - Low Bar","offer_id":50621794713670,"sku":"1200-3512-MH-T-01NA","price":1499.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Powder Coat \/ Wide Tube Sides (for fiber glass) \/ No Bull Bar","offer_id":50621794746438,"sku":"1200-3512-NB-T-W-01NA","price":1449.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Powder Coat \/ Wide Tube Sides (for fiber glass) \/ Yes - Low Bar","offer_id":50621794779206,"sku":"1200-3512-MH-T-W-01NA","price":1549.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/2ndGenTacomaRockRunnerBumperCover.jpg?v=1791939713"},{"product_id":"c4-fabrication-hybrid-front-bumper-for-toyota-tundra-wide-fenders","title":"C4 Fabrication Hybrid Front Bumper for Toyota Tundra Wide Fenders","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication Hybrid Front Bumper is a direct-bolt-on steel front bumper for 2007–2013 Toyota Tundra (2nd gen) trucks fitted with wide fiberglass fenders, combining a 3\/16″ laser-cut P\u0026amp;O steel plate center section with .120-wall 1 3\/4″ HREW tube sides to deliver winch-ready strength at a lower overall weight than an all-plate design. Three bull bar configurations and an optional parking-sensor cutout let buyers tailor protection and driver-assist compatibility to their specific grille and use case.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003ePlate Strength Where It Counts, Tube Construction Where It Helps\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe center section of the Hybrid Bumper is built from 3\/16″ laser-cut pickled-and-oiled (P\u0026amp;O) steel, backed by 3\/8″ thick mounting plates and a 1\/4″ winch mounting plate. That concentration of material at the core means the bumper can support most 8K–12K winches without flex at the mount, which is the place where a lighter bumper typically gives out first. Confirmed fitment includes ComeUp, Smittybilt X20, Warn Zeon, and Warn VR series winches; winches with a relocatable control box are recommended, and synthetic rope with a hawse fairlead is the preferred setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe tubular side sections use .120-wall 1 3\/4″ HREW tubing, which keeps weight down compared to an all-plate bumper while still providing meaningful side protection. Every bumper ships with 3\/4″ D-ring tabs fully welded front and back, so no add-on hardware is required to recover from the bumper itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHigh-Clearance Design for Larger Tires and Better Approach Angles\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Hybrid Bumper's high-clearance profile raises the front approach angle compared to the factory bumper, making it easier to clear obstacles and fit larger tires without rubbing on the bumper face. On trails where the factory bumper's lower lip catches first, this is a meaningful real-world difference: the geometry change happens at the bumper, so no body lift or suspension modification is required to gain the clearance benefit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eIntegrated Lighting Mounts for Light Bars and Spot Lights\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bumper is designed around a 30″ single-row light bar in the center opening, with confirmed fitment for the Baja Designs S8, Rigid 30″ SR Series, and Extreme LED 30″ 5D. The top of the bumper comes pre-drilled for a pair of LP9 or LP6 lights in front of the grille. LP9 lights are compatible with both the no-bull-bar and full-height bull bar configurations. Lighting hardware is not included and is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBull Bar Options and Toyota Safety Sense Compatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThree bull bar configurations are available. The no-bull-bar option leaves the grille fully open. The mid-height bull bar maintains Toyota Safety Sense (TSS) radar sensor clearance on all Tundra models. The full-height bull bar with side tube gussets is designed for TRD Pro grilles and retains TSS function only in that grille; it will block the TSS sensor on standard grilles. Choose the bull bar configuration based on your grille type before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFinish Options and Raw Steel Care\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bumper is available in Raw (bare steel) or Powder Coat finish. Raw variants ship as bare steel and must be painted or powder coated before installation to prevent rust; C4 Fabrication recommends test-fitting the bumper for alignment and fitment confirmation before sending it out for coating. The powder coat option ships ready to install.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHybrid plate-and-tube construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3\/16″ P\u0026amp;O steel center, .120-wall 1 3\/4″ HREW tube sides\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWinch-ready mounting:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1\/4″ winch plate and 3\/8″ mounting plates; fits most 8K–12K winches\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWelded D-ring tabs:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3\/4″ tabs fully welded front and back, standard on every bumper\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePre-drilled lighting mounts:\u003c\/strong\u003e 30″ single-row light bar opening plus LP9\/LP6 top-mount holes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDirect bolt-on fitment:\u003c\/strong\u003e no cutting or modifications required for 2007–2013 Tundra wide-fender trucks\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in the USA:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100% American made\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eFitment\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e2007–2013 Toyota Tundra (2nd gen), wide fiberglass fenders only\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eCenter section material\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e3\/16″ laser-cut P\u0026amp;O (pickled and oiled) steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMounting plates\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e3\/8″ thick steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWinch mounting plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e1\/4″ steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eTube sections\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e.120-wall, 1 3\/4″ diameter HREW tubing\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eD-ring tabs\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e3\/4″, fully welded front and back\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWeight, No Bull Bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e161 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWeight, Mid-Height Bull Bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e169 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWeight, Full-Height Bull Bar w\/ Side Tube Gussets\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e177–178 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWinch compatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMost 8K–12K winches; confirmed: ComeUp, Smittybilt X20, Warn Zeon, Warn VR series\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eLight bar fitment\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e30″ single-row (Baja Designs S8, Rigid SR Series, Extreme LED 5D confirmed)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eTop light mounts\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003ePre-drilled for LP9 or LP6 (pair)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eFinish options\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eRaw (bare steel) or Powder Coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eOrigin\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMade in USA\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThis bumper suits 2007–2013 Toyota Tundra owners running wide fiberglass fenders who want a winch-capable, high-clearance front bumper with integrated lighting mounts and the option to retain Toyota Safety Sense, particularly those building an overland or off-road rig where approach angle, recovery points, and light bar integration matter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThis bumper does not fit 2007–2013 Tundras with standard-width fenders; a separate listing covers that fitment. It does not fit any other model year or generation of Tundra. The full-height bull bar blocks the TSS sensor on standard (non-TRD Pro) grilles. Winches, lights, and fairleads are not included and must be purchased separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWill this bumper fit my 2007–2013 Tundra if it has the factory steel fenders?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication Hybrid Front Bumper in this listing is designed exclusively for 2007–2013 Toyota Tundras equipped with wide fiberglass fenders. Tundras with standard-width factory steel fenders require a different C4 Fabrication bumper listed separately; installing this wide-fender version on a standard-fender truck will result in incorrect fitment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDoes the bumper require any cutting or drilling to install?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication Hybrid Front Bumper is a direct bolt-on application for 2007–2013 Tundra wide-fender trucks, and no cutting or modifications to the vehicle are required. The bumper comes pre-drilled for LP9 and LP6 top-mount lights, so no additional drilling is needed for those positions either.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhich bull bar option should I choose if my Tundra has Toyota Safety Sense?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eFor a 2007–2013 Tundra with Toyota Safety Sense and a standard (non-TRD Pro) grille, the mid-height bull bar is the correct choice: it maintains TSS radar sensor clearance on all models. The full-height bull bar with side tube gussets retains TSS function only when paired with a TRD Pro grille; it will block the TSS sensor on a standard grille.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat winches are confirmed to fit this bumper?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Hybrid Front Bumper is designed to accept most 8K–12K winches. Confirmed fitment includes ComeUp, Smittybilt X20, Warn Zeon, and Warn VR series winches. Winches with the ability to relocate the control box are recommended, and a synthetic rope winch with a hawse fairlead is the preferred configuration for best function.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat do I need to do with a Raw finish bumper before installing it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eRaw finish Hybrid Bumpers ship as bare steel and must be painted or powder coated before installation to prevent rust. C4 Fabrication recommends test-fitting the bumper on the vehicle first to confirm alignment and fitment before sending it out for coating, so any adjustments can be made before the finish is applied.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"C4 Fabrication","offers":[{"title":"Raw \/ No Bull Bar \/ No Parking Sensors","offer_id":50621811785798,"sku":"1400-3207-30-NB-NP-W","price":1790.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Raw \/ No Bull Bar \/ Yes - Parking Sensors","offer_id":50621811818566,"sku":"1400-3207-30-NB-PS-W","price":1870.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Raw \/ Mid-Height Bull Bar \/ No Parking Sensors","offer_id":50621811851334,"sku":"1400-3207-30-MH-NP-W","price":1865.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Raw \/ Mid-Height Bull Bar \/ Yes - Parking Sensors","offer_id":50621811884102,"sku":"1400-3207-30-MH-PS-W","price":1945.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Raw \/ Full-Height Bull Bar w\/ Side Tube Gussets \/ No Parking Sensors","offer_id":50621811916870,"sku":"1400-3207-30-FH-NP-W","price":1975.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Raw \/ Full-Height Bull Bar w\/ Side Tube Gussets \/ Yes - Parking Sensors","offer_id":50621811949638,"sku":"1400-3207-30-FH-PS-W","price":2055.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Powder Coat \/ No Bull Bar \/ No Parking Sensors","offer_id":50621811982406,"sku":"1400-3207-30-NB-NP-W-01NA","price":1999.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Powder Coat \/ No Bull Bar \/ Yes - Parking Sensors","offer_id":50621812015174,"sku":"1400-3207-30-NB-PS-W-01NA","price":1999.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Powder Coat \/ Mid-Height Bull Bar \/ No Parking Sensors","offer_id":50621812047942,"sku":"1400-3207-30-MH-NP-W-01NA","price":2099.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Powder Coat \/ Mid-Height Bull Bar \/ Yes - Parking Sensors","offer_id":50621812080710,"sku":"1400-3207-30-MH-PS-W-01NA","price":2199.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Powder Coat \/ Full-Height Bull Bar w\/ Side Tube Gussets \/ No Parking Sensors","offer_id":50621812113478,"sku":"1400-3207-30-FH-NP-W-01NA","price":2159.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Powder Coat \/ Full-Height Bull Bar w\/ Side Tube Gussets \/ Yes - Parking Sensors","offer_id":50621812146246,"sku":"1400-3207-30-FH-PS-W-01NA","price":2299.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/2ndGenEarlyTundraHybridFrontBumperCover.jpg?v=1791939863"},{"product_id":"c4-fabrication-tacoma-overland-series-front-bumper-2012-2015","title":"C4 Fabrication Tacoma Overland Series Front Bumper 2012–2015","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication Tacoma Overland Series Front Bumper is a bolt-on steel front bumper built for 2012–2015 2nd Gen Toyota Tacomas. Constructed from 3\/16\" laser-cut P\u0026amp;O steel with 1\/4\" mounting plates and fully welded 3\/4\" D-ring tabs, it delivers recovery-ready strength and improved approach geometry in four bull bar configurations, each available in raw or powder coat finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eHigh-Clearance Design That Changes What Your Tacoma Can Do\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Overland Series bumper's high-clearance profile improves the Tacoma's approach angle and creates room for larger tires that the factory bumper would otherwise limit. For a buyer who has already upgraded or plans to upgrade tire size, that clearance is not cosmetic. It directly expands the terrain the truck can approach without dragging the front end. The bumper's low-profile geometry also keeps the front end protected without adding unnecessary visual bulk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRecovery-Ready Construction at Every Weld\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 3\/4\" D-ring tabs are fully welded front and back on every configuration, not bolted-on afterthoughts. That matters during a recovery pull, when the load transfers directly into the bumper structure rather than through a bolt pattern. The 3\/16\" P\u0026amp;O steel body and 1\/4\" mounting plates are sized to handle the same loads. Front Bumper Frame Support Brackets are included with this bumper, adding structural reinforcement at the frame connection points where recovery forces are highest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWinch and Lighting Integration Built In\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Overland Series bumper is winch-ready for most 8,000–12,000 lb winches. Winches that allow control box relocation seat most cleanly; integrated control box designs may require trimming of the grille support brackets. Confirmed fitment includes ComeUp, Smittybilt X20, Warn Zeon, and Warn VR series winches. Synthetic rope with a hawse-style fairlead is recommended. Roller fairleads may not fit the recessed mount. The bumper also includes a cutout sized for a 30\" single-row light bar (designed around the Baja Designs S8; the Rigid SR-Series 30\" and Extreme LED 30\" 5D also fit) and dedicated fog light pockets sized for Baja Designs Squadron lights. Factory fog lights are not supported.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3\/16\" laser-cut P\u0026amp;O steel body\u003c\/strong\u003e with 1\/4\" mounting plates and 3\/4\" fully welded D-ring tabs front and back\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour bull bar configurations:\u003c\/strong\u003e No Bull Bar, Mid-Height, Full-Height with Tube Gussets, and Full-Height with Headlight Hoops, each in .120 wall 1 3\/4\" HREW tubing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWinch-ready mount\u003c\/strong\u003e for most 8,000–12,000 lb winches; confirmed fitment on ComeUp, Smittybilt X20, Warn Zeon, and Warn VR series\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated light bar cutout\u003c\/strong\u003e for 30\" single-row bars and fog pockets sized for Baja Designs Squadron lights\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront Bumper Frame Support Brackets included\u003c\/strong\u003e with all 2nd Gen Tacoma Overland Series front bumpers\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in the USA;\u003c\/strong\u003e available in raw bare steel or powder coat finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eConfiguration\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eFinish Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eNo Bull Bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e125 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eRaw or Powder Coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMid-Height Bull Bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e130 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eRaw or Powder Coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eFull-Height Bull Bar w\/ Tube Gussets\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e140 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eRaw or Powder Coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eFull-Height Bull Bar w\/ Headlight Hoops\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e145 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eRaw or Powder Coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eBody material\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd colspan=\"2\"\u003e3\/16\" laser-cut P\u0026amp;O steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMounting plates\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd colspan=\"2\"\u003e1\/4\" steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eD-ring tabs\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd colspan=\"2\"\u003e3\/4\" fully welded front and back\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eBull bar tubing\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd colspan=\"2\"\u003e.120 wall, 1 3\/4\" diameter HREW steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eVehicle fitment\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd colspan=\"2\"\u003e2012–2015 Toyota Tacoma (2nd Gen)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eInstallation\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd colspan=\"2\"\u003eBolt-on; minor trimming required on 2012–2015 models\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWinch compatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd colspan=\"2\"\u003eMost 8,000–12,000 lb winches\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eCountry of origin\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd colspan=\"2\"\u003eUSA\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThis bumper suits 2012–2015 2nd Gen Toyota Tacoma owners who run or plan to run larger tires, carry recovery gear, or need a winch-ready front end for off-road and overland use. The four bull bar configurations let buyers match the level of front-end protection and lighting integration to their build.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThis bumper does not fit 2005–2011 Tacomas (a separate Overland Series bumper exists for that generation) or any other vehicle. Factory fog lights are not compatible with this bumper's fog pockets, and roller-style fairleads may not fit the recessed winch mount. Raw finish variants ship as bare steel and must be painted or powder coated before installation to prevent rust. Test-fit before coating to confirm alignment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDoes this bumper fit my 2012–2015 Tacoma without cutting or welding?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Overland Series front bumper for 2012–2015 2nd Gen Tacomas is a bolt-on installation with no welding required. Minor trimming is required on 2012–2015 models. No drilling into the frame is needed for the primary mount.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat winches fit this bumper?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Overland Series front bumper accommodates most 8,000–12,000 lb winches. Confirmed fitment includes ComeUp, Smittybilt X20, Warn Zeon, and Warn VR series. Winches that allow control box relocation fit most cleanly; integrated control box designs may require trimming of the grille support brackets. Synthetic rope with a hawse-style fairlead is recommended. Roller fairleads may not fit the recessed mount.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat light bars and fog lights are compatible?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Overland Series front bumper includes a cutout designed for a 30\" single-row light bar. The Baja Designs S8 30\", Rigid SR-Series 30\", and Extreme LED 30\" 5D are confirmed fits. The fog light pockets are sized for Baja Designs Squadron lights. Factory fog lights are not supported by this bumper's fog pockets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat is included with the bumper?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eEvery Overland Series front bumper for the 2nd Gen Tacoma includes Front Bumper Frame Support Brackets, which reinforce the frame connection points. The bumper itself, mounting hardware, and frame brackets ship together. Winches, light bars, fog lights, and fairleads are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDo I need to finish the raw steel version before installing it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eRaw finish variants of the Overland Series front bumper ship as bare steel and must be painted or powder coated before installation to prevent rust. C4 Fabrication recommends test-fitting the bumper before applying any coating to confirm proper alignment and fitment first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhich bull bar option should I choose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Overland Series front bumper is available with no bull bar, a mid-height bull bar, a full-height bull bar with tube gussets, or a full-height bull bar with headlight hoops. All bull bar tubing is .120 wall 1 3\/4\" HREW steel. The no-bull-bar configuration weighs 125 lb; the full-height with headlight hoops weighs 145 lb. The right choice depends on the level of front-end protection and lighting integration needed for your build.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"C4 Fabrication","offers":[{"title":"Raw \/ No Bull Bar","offer_id":50621826498630,"sku":"1200-3112-30-NB","price":1649.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Raw \/ Mid-Height Bull Bar","offer_id":50621826531398,"sku":"1200-3112-30-MH","price":1699.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Raw \/ Full-Height Bull Bar w\/ Tube Gussets","offer_id":50621826564166,"sku":"1200-3112-30-FH","price":1799.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Raw \/ Full-Height Bull Bar w\/ Headlight Hoops","offer_id":50621826596934,"sku":"1200-3112-30-FHH","price":1849.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Powder Coat \/ No Bull Bar","offer_id":50621826629702,"sku":"1200-3112-30-NB-01NA","price":1799.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Powder Coat \/ Mid-Height Bull Bar","offer_id":50621826662470,"sku":"1200-3112-30-MH-01NA","price":1849.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Powder Coat \/ Full-Height Bull Bar w\/ Tube Gussets","offer_id":50621826695238,"sku":"1200-3112-30-FH-01NA","price":1949.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Powder Coat \/ Full-Height Bull Bar w\/ Headlight Hoops","offer_id":50621826728006,"sku":"1200-3112-30-FHH-01NA","price":1999.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/Tacoma-Overland-Series-Front-Bumper-2nd-Gen-2012-2015.jpg?v=1791940024"},{"product_id":"c4-fabrication-rock-runner-front-bumper-for-5th-gen-toyota-4runner","title":"C4 Fabrication Rock Runner Front Bumper for 5th Gen Toyota 4Runner","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication Rock Runner Front Bumper is a modular, three-piece steel front bumper built for 5th Generation Toyota 4Runner (2010–2024) owners who need a capable recovery and protection platform without sacrificing approach angle or lighting flexibility. Constructed from 11-gauge laser-cut P\u0026amp;O steel with 3\/16-inch mounting plates and winch plate, it weighs 100–108 lbs depending on configuration. Available in raw steel or powder coat finish, with plate or tube side wings and an optional mid-height bull bar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eModular Build, Field-Proven Steel\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Rock Runner's three-piece design uses bolt-on side wings, which means you can configure the bumper to match your build and swap or replace individual sections without pulling the entire assembly. The 11-gauge P\u0026amp;O steel body and 3\/16-inch mounting and winch plates are laser-cut for consistent fit and weld quality. Fully welded 3\/4-inch D-ring tabs are included on every configuration, front and back, so recovery points are ready from day one without additional hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWinch-Ready Without Compromise\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Rock Runner accommodates most 8,000–10,000 lb winches, with Smittybilt X20 and Warn VR Series confirmed fits. The recessed fairlead mounting plate is sized for hawse-style fairleads used with synthetic rope. Winches with synthetic rope and a hawse-style fairlead give the cleanest fit; some larger roller fairleads may not fit the recessed mounting plate. Front cutouts provide direct access to the winch lever without removing any panels. If you choose not to run a winch, an included aluminum fill panel closes out the opening for a finished appearance. Frame support brackets and a bridge skid are included and connect to the factory cross member and C4's existing skid plate lineup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eLighting Integration on Tube Side Wings\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelecting tube side wings adds integrated light mounts sized for up to one Baja Designs Squadron, one S2, and one S1 light per side. That is up to six auxiliary lights total across both wings, with capacity built into the tube wing structure itself, so there are no aftermarket brackets to source or fabricate. Plate side wings do not include light mounts; buyers who prioritize a cleaner profile or do not plan to run auxiliary lighting typically choose the plate option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModular three-piece design:\u003c\/strong\u003e bolt-on side wings allow independent configuration and replacement\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e11-gauge P\u0026amp;O steel construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e laser-cut body with 3\/16-inch mounting plates and winch plate; 1.5-inch × 0.120-inch wall tube on tube sides and bull bar\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFully welded 3\/4-inch D-ring tabs:\u003c\/strong\u003e welded front and back, included standard on all configurations\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWinch-ready platform:\u003c\/strong\u003e fits most 8k–10k winches; frame support brackets, winch cover plate, bridge skid, and aluminum fill panel included\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTube side light mounts:\u003c\/strong\u003e sized for up to one Baja Designs Squadron, one S2, and one S1 per side (tube wing option only)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eConfiguration\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eWeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003ePlate Sides, No Bull Bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e100 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003ePlate Sides, Mid-Height Bull Bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e106 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eTube Sides, No Bull Bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e102 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eTube Sides, Mid-Height Bull Bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e108 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eBody material\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e11-gauge laser-cut P\u0026amp;O steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMounting plates and winch plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e3\/16-inch steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eTube (tube sides and bull bar)\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e1.5-inch × 0.120-inch wall\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eD-ring tabs\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e3\/4-inch, fully welded front and back\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eFinish options\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eRaw steel; Powder coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eVehicle fitment\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eToyota 4Runner, 5th Generation, 2010–2024 (without body lift)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWinch compatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMost 8,000–10,000 lb winches; Smittybilt X20 and Warn VR Series confirmed\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eCountry of manufacture\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eUSA\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThe Rock Runner Front Bumper suits 5th Gen Toyota 4Runner owners (2010–2024, no body lift) who want a steel bumper with integrated recovery points, winch capability, and the option to run up to six auxiliary lights per configuration. It is a strong fit for overlanding and trail use where approach angle, recovery readiness, and lighting capacity matter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThis bumper does not fit 4Runners with a 1-inch body lift. A separate version is available for that application. Installation requires trimming the factory plastic bumper. 2020–2024 models require an optional TSS relocation bracket to retain Toyota Safety Sense functionality; that bracket is not included in the base purchase. Winch, auxiliary lights, and washer tank skid are sold separately. Raw steel units ship uncoated and must be painted or powder coated before installation to prevent rust; C4 Fabrication recommends test fitting before coating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWill this bumper fit my 4Runner if it has a body lift?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Rock Runner Front Bumper for 5th Gen 4Runner (2010–2024) is designed for vehicles without a body lift. A separate C4 Fabrication Rock Runner version is available specifically for 4Runners with a 1-inch body lift; purchasing the wrong version will result in fitment issues.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat winches are compatible with this bumper?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Rock Runner Front Bumper fits most 8,000–10,000 lb winches. The Smittybilt X20 and Warn VR Series are both confirmed fits. Winches with synthetic rope and a hawse-style fairlead are recommended for the best fitment; some larger roller fairleads may not fit the recessed fairlead mounting plate. Integrated control box winches may require trimming of the grille support brackets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDoes installing this bumper require cutting or modifying the 4Runner?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eYes. Installing the Rock Runner Front Bumper requires trimming the factory plastic bumper for proper fit and maximum clearance. This is a permanent modification. Professional installation is advisable given the cutting and the bumper's weight of 100–108 lbs depending on configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDoes the raw steel version need to be coated before installation?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eYes. Raw steel Rock Runner bumpers ship as bare steel and must be painted or powder coated before installation to prevent rust. C4 Fabrication recommends completing a test fit first to confirm alignment and fitment before sending the bumper out for coating. The powder coat option ships ready to install.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWill Toyota Safety Sense still work after installing this bumper?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eOn 2020–2024 4Runners equipped with Toyota Safety Sense, a TSS relocation bracket is required to retain full system functionality after installing the Rock Runner Front Bumper. That bracket is an optional add-on and is not included with the base bumper purchase. 2010–2019 4Runners are not affected.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhich auxiliary lights fit the tube side wings?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe tube side wings on the Rock Runner Front Bumper include integrated mounts sized for up to one Baja Designs Squadron, one S2, and one S1 light per side. Plate side wings do not include light mounts. Lights are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"C4 Fabrication","offers":[{"title":"Raw \/ Plate Sides w\/o Light Mounts \/ No Bull Bar","offer_id":50621839048774,"sku":"1110-30393-NB-P","price":1249.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Raw \/ Plate Sides w\/o Light Mounts \/ Mid-Height Bull Bar","offer_id":50621839081542,"sku":"1110-30393-MH-P","price":1328.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Raw \/ Tube Sides w\/ Light Mounts \/ No Bull Bar","offer_id":50621839114310,"sku":"1110-30393-NB-T","price":1249.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Raw \/ Tube Sides w\/ Light Mounts \/ Mid-Height Bull Bar","offer_id":50621839147078,"sku":"1110-30393-MH-T","price":1328.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Powder Coat \/ Plate Sides w\/o Light Mounts \/ No Bull Bar","offer_id":50621839179846,"sku":"1110-30393-NB-P-01NA","price":1399.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Powder Coat \/ Plate Sides w\/o Light Mounts \/ Mid-Height Bull Bar","offer_id":50621839212614,"sku":"1110-30393-MH-P-01NA","price":1549.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Powder Coat \/ Tube Sides w\/ Light Mounts \/ No Bull Bar","offer_id":50621839245382,"sku":"1110-30393-NB-T-01NA","price":1399.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Powder Coat \/ Tube Sides w\/ Light Mounts \/ Mid-Height Bull Bar","offer_id":50621839278150,"sku":"1110-30393-MH-T-01NA","price":1549.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/MAIN-5th-Gen-4Runner-Rock-Runner-Front-Bumper-C4.jpg?v=1791940284"},{"product_id":"c4-fabrication-stainless-steel-license-plate-frame","title":"C4 Fabrication Stainless Steel License Plate Frame","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication License Plate Frame is a laser-cut 14-gauge stainless steel frame featuring the C4 logo across the top. It ships raw, straight off the laser table, so it can be scoured, polished to a mirror finish, or painted to match any build. Made in the USA.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eRaw Steel, Finished Your Way\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe C4 Fabrication License Plate Frame arrives unfinished, which means the surface is entirely in the owner's hands. A scouring pad produces a brushed, matte look that hides scratches and blends with bare-steel armor. Polishing compounds bring the 14-gauge stainless to a mirror shine. Rattle-can or professional powder coat lets the frame match or contrast the rig's color scheme. Because the frame is stainless steel, it resists corrosion without a protective coating. The raw finish is a starting point, not a liability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilt to C4 Standards\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe same laser-cutting process used for C4's bumpers, sliders, and skid plates produces this frame. The C4 logo is cut directly into the steel across the top. It is not printed or applied as a badge, so it will not peel, fade, or fall off. The 14-gauge stainless construction gives the frame enough rigidity to hold its shape through trail vibration and road debris without adding meaningful weight to the plate mount.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e 14-gauge stainless steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProcess:\u003c\/strong\u003e Laser cut\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLogo:\u003c\/strong\u003e C4 logo cut into the steel across the top\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Raw (ready to scour, polish, or paint)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOrigin:\u003c\/strong\u003e Made in USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e14-gauge stainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eRaw (unfinished)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eCountry of Origin\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eUSA\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e900-9900-DB\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThis frame suits any C4 Fabrication customer who wants to carry the brand beyond their armor, and any builder who wants a raw-steel license plate frame they can finish to match their rig. Because it is stainless steel, it holds up in wet and muddy conditions without requiring a protective coating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThe frame ships with no finish applied. Buyers who want a specific color or polished look will need to finish it themselves or have it finished before installation. Mounting hardware is not listed as included; verify before installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDoes this license plate frame fit my vehicle?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication License Plate Frame is designed to fit a standard US license plate. It is not vehicle-specific and does not require a particular make, model, or year. Any vehicle that uses a standard US plate mount can use this frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat does \"raw\" finish mean? Will it rust?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe frame ships unfinished, straight off the laser table. Because it is 14-gauge stainless steel, it resists rust and corrosion without a protective coating. The raw surface can be left as-is, scoured for a brushed look, polished to a mirror shine, or painted to match the build.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDoes the frame come with mounting hardware?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eMounting hardware is not listed as included with the C4 Fabrication License Plate Frame. Standard license plate screws fit most mounts; confirm what is in the box at the time of purchase or contact TerrainVault before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eHow is the C4 logo applied to the frame?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe C4 logo is laser cut directly into the 14-gauge stainless steel. It is part of the frame itself, not a sticker, badge, or printed graphic, and will not peel, fade, or separate from the frame over time.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"C4 Fabrication","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50621896196166,"sku":"900-9900-DB","price":19.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/C4LicensePlateFrameCover.jpg?v=1791940390"},{"product_id":"c4-fabrication-overland-front-bumper-for-4th-gen-toyota-tacoma","title":"C4 Fabrication Overland Front Bumper for 4th Gen Toyota Tacoma","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication Overland Front Bumper is a full-replacement steel front bumper for the 4th Gen Toyota Tacoma (2024–2026), built from 3\/16\" laser-cut pickled-and-oiled (P\u0026amp;O) steel and designed around winch mounting, off-road lighting integration, and recovery-point strength. The bumper weighs 114 lbs in the no-bull-bar configuration and scales to 138 lbs with the full-height bull bar and headlight hoops. Four bull bar configurations and two finish options (raw steel and powder coat) are available as selectable variants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilt to Take the Hit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Overland Front Bumper's main shell is laser-cut from 3\/16\" P\u0026amp;O steel, a thickness that resists deformation from brush, rocks, and low-speed trail contact that would crumple a factory plastic fascia. Integrated 3\/4\"-thick D-ring recovery tabs are fully welded front and back, so a recovery strap or shackle pulls against the bumper's full weld seam rather than a single bolt pattern. That construction matters most when a recovery load comes in at an angle, which is the common case on uneven terrain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWinch and Lighting Ready from the Start\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Overland Front Bumper houses a concealed winch plate sized for most 8,000–12,000 lb winches, with front-facing cutouts that keep the winch clutch lever accessible without removing any panels. Confirmed fitment includes ComeUp, Smittybilt X20, and Warn Zeon and VR series winches; winches with a top-mounted control box will need the control box relocated, and the included winch controller relocation kit handles that. Synthetic rope winches paired with a hawse fairlead are recommended. Large roller fairleads may not clear the recessed mount geometry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe center cutout is sized for a 30\" single-row light bar and designed specifically around the Baja Designs S8 30\"; the Rigid 30\" SR Series and Extreme LED 30\" 5D Light Bar also fit. Fog light pockets are sized for Baja Designs Squadron lights. Factory fog lights do not fit these pockets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBull Bar Options and Safety Sense Compatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFour bull bar configurations are available: no bar, low bar, mid-height with tube gussets, and full-height with headlight hoops. Main bull bar tubing is 1 3\/4\" OD steel with 1\/8\" wall thickness; gusset and headlight hoop sections use 1 1\/2\" OD tubing. All four configurations are compatible with Toyota Safety Sense (TSS) and parking sensors. Some vehicles will require a professional TSS system recalibration after bumper installation. This is not universal but should be anticipated and budgeted for.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFinish and What's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRaw-finish bumpers ship as bare P\u0026amp;O steel and must be painted or powder coated before installation to prevent rust. C4 Fabrication recommends test-fitting the bumper before sending it out for coating to confirm alignment and fitment. The powder coat variant ships ready to install. Every Overland Front Bumper includes a washer tank skid and a winch controller relocation kit. TRD Pro and TRD Off-Road trim Tacomas do not require an additional mini-skid panel; all other trim levels do not receive one in the box either, as the included washer tank skid covers that function for those trims.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3\/16\" laser-cut P\u0026amp;O steel body\u003c\/strong\u003e with 3\/4\"-thick fully welded D-ring recovery tabs front and back\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConcealed winch mount\u003c\/strong\u003e fits most 8k–12k winches; front-facing clutch-lever cutout included\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e30\" light bar cutout\u003c\/strong\u003e designed for Baja Designs S8; also fits Rigid SR-30 and Extreme LED 30\" 5D\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFog light pockets\u003c\/strong\u003e sized for Baja Designs Squadron lights\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour bull bar configurations\u003c\/strong\u003e (no bar, low, mid-height with tube gussets, full-height with headlight hoops), all TSS and parking-sensor compatible\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes\u003c\/strong\u003e washer tank skid and winch controller relocation kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eFitment\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e4th Gen Toyota Tacoma, 2024–2026\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eTrim Note\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eTRD Pro and TRD Off-Road: no additional mini-skid required. All other trims: select \"Anything else\" variant.\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMain Shell Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e3\/16\" laser-cut pickled-and-oiled (P\u0026amp;O) steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eD-Ring Tab Thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e3\/4\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eBull Bar Tubing\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e1 3\/4\" OD, 1\/8\" wall thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eGusset \/ Headlight Hoop Tubing\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e1 1\/2\" OD\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWeight: No Bull Bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e114 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWeight: Low Bull Bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e121 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWeight: Mid-Height Bull Bar w\/ Tube Gussets\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e128 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWeight: Full-Height Bull Bar w\/ Headlight Hoops\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e138 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWinch Compatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMost 8,000–12,000 lb winches; confirmed: ComeUp, Smittybilt X20, Warn Zeon, Warn VR series (control box relocation required for top-mount boxes)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eFairlead Recommendation\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eHawse style; large roller fairleads may not fit recessed mount\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eLight Bar Cutout\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e30\" single-row; designed for Baja Designs S8, also fits Rigid SR-30 and Extreme LED 30\" 5D\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eFog Light Pockets\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eBaja Designs Squadron (factory fog lights not compatible)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eFinish Options\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eRaw (bare steel, must be coated before install) or Powder Coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWasher tank skid, winch controller relocation kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eInstallation Note\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eRequires cutting of factory plastic bumper\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eTSS \/ Parking Sensors\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eCompatible across all bull bar variants; some vehicles may require professional TSS recalibration after install\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eOrigin\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMade in USA\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication Overland Front Bumper suits 2024–2026 4th Gen Toyota Tacoma owners who want a winch-capable, lighting-ready steel front bumper with integrated recovery points for overlanding and off-road use. TRD Pro and TRD Off-Road trim owners benefit from a simplified install with no additional mini-skid required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThis bumper does not fit any Tacoma generation other than the 4th Gen (2024–2026) and does not support factory fog lights. Those pockets are sized for Baja Designs Squadron lights only. Raw-finish buyers must arrange painting or powder coating before installation; the bumper cannot be installed bare and left uncoated. Winches with a permanently fixed top-mounted control box that cannot be relocated are not compatible. Large roller fairleads may not fit the recessed winch mount.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWill this bumper fit my Tacoma if I have a TRD Pro or TRD Off-Road trim?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication Overland Front Bumper fits TRD Pro and TRD Off-Road 4th Gen Tacomas (2024–2026) and those trim levels do not require an additional mini-skid panel. Select the \"TRD Pro or TRD Off-Road\" trim option at checkout to get the correct variant.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat winches are confirmed to fit this bumper?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Overland Front Bumper is designed for most 8,000–12,000 lb winches. Confirmed fitment includes ComeUp, Smittybilt X20, Warn Zeon, and Warn VR series winches. Winches with a top-mounted control box (including the Warn VR series) will require relocating the control box; the included winch controller relocation kit is provided for this purpose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDoes the raw-finish bumper need to be coated before installation?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eYes. Raw-finish Overland Front Bumpers ship as bare P\u0026amp;O steel and must be painted or powder coated before installation to prevent rust. C4 Fabrication recommends test-fitting the bumper first to confirm alignment before sending it for coating. The powder coat variant ships ready to install without additional finishing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eIs this bumper compatible with Toyota Safety Sense and parking sensors?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eAll four bull bar configurations of the Overland Front Bumper are compatible with Toyota Safety Sense (TSS) and parking sensors. Some vehicles may require a professional TSS system recalibration after bumper installation; this is not universal but should be anticipated before the install is considered complete.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat light bars and fog lights fit this bumper?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe center cutout on the Overland Front Bumper is designed for a 30\" single-row light bar, specifically the Baja Designs S8 30\"; the Rigid 30\" SR Series and Extreme LED 30\" 5D Light Bar also fit. Fog light pockets are sized for Baja Designs Squadron lights. Factory OEM fog lights are not compatible with this bumper's fog light pockets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDoes installation require cutting the factory bumper?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eYes. Installing the C4 Fabrication Overland Front Bumper on a 4th Gen Toyota Tacoma requires cutting the factory plastic bumper fascia. This is a permanent modification; the factory bumper cannot be reinstalled without replacement parts after cutting.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"C4 Fabrication","offers":[{"title":"Raw \/ No Bull Bar \/ TRD Pro or TRD Off-Road","offer_id":50621903470662,"sku":"1224-32000-TRD","price":1874.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Raw \/ No Bull Bar \/ Anything else","offer_id":50621903503430,"sku":"1224-32000","price":1904.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Raw \/ Low Bull Bar \/ TRD Pro or TRD Off-Road","offer_id":50621903536198,"sku":"1224-32000-LB-TRD","price":1949.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Raw \/ Low Bull Bar \/ Anything else","offer_id":50621903568966,"sku":"1224-32000-LB","price":1979.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Raw \/ Mid-Height Bull Bar w\/ Tube Gussets \/ TRD Pro or TRD Off-Road","offer_id":50621903601734,"sku":"1224-32000-MH-TRD","price":2049.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Raw \/ Mid-Height Bull Bar w\/ Tube Gussets \/ Anything else","offer_id":50621903634502,"sku":"1224-32000-MH","price":2079.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Raw \/ Full-Height Bull Bar w\/ Headlight Hoops \/ TRD Pro or TRD Off-Road","offer_id":50621903667270,"sku":"1224-32000-FHH-TRD","price":2099.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Raw \/ Full-Height Bull Bar w\/ Headlight Hoops \/ Anything else","offer_id":50621903700038,"sku":"1224-32000-FHH","price":2129.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Powder Coat \/ No Bull Bar \/ TRD Pro or TRD Off-Road","offer_id":50621903732806,"sku":"1224-32000-TRD-01NA","price":2099.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Powder Coat \/ No Bull Bar \/ Anything else","offer_id":50621903765574,"sku":"1224-32000-01NA","price":2159.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Powder Coat \/ Low Bull Bar \/ TRD Pro or TRD Off-Road","offer_id":50621903798342,"sku":"1224-32000-LB-TRD-01NA","price":2199.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Powder Coat \/ Low Bull Bar \/ Anything else","offer_id":50621903831110,"sku":"1224-32000-LB-01NA","price":2259.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Powder Coat \/ Mid-Height Bull Bar w\/ Tube Gussets \/ TRD Pro or TRD Off-Road","offer_id":50621903863878,"sku":"1224-32000-MH-TRD-01NA","price":2299.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Powder Coat \/ Mid-Height Bull Bar w\/ Tube Gussets \/ Anything else","offer_id":50621903896646,"sku":"1224-32000-MH-01NA","price":2359.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Powder Coat \/ Full-Height Bull Bar w\/ Headlight Hoops \/ TRD Pro or TRD Off-Road","offer_id":50621903929414,"sku":"1224-32000-FHH-TRD-01NA","price":2359.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Powder Coat \/ Full-Height Bull Bar w\/ Headlight Hoops \/ Anything else","offer_id":50621903962182,"sku":"1224-32000-FHH-01NA","price":2399.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/4thGenTacomaOverlandCover.jpg?v=1791940596"},{"product_id":"c4-fabrication-hybrid-front-bumper-for-4th-gen-toyota-tacoma","title":"C4 Fabrication Hybrid Front Bumper for 4th Gen Toyota Tacoma","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication Hybrid Front Bumper is a steel off-road front bumper built for the 4th Gen Toyota Tacoma (2024–2026), balancing approach clearance, winch integration, and auxiliary lighting capacity in a single weld-up. The main body is 3\/16\" steel with 3\/4\" thick D-ring tabs fully welded front and back. Three bull bar configurations and two finish options are available as variants; TRD Pro and TRD Off-Road trims require a different trim-level variant than other Tacoma builds.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSteel Construction Built for Recovery Loads\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Hybrid Front Bumper's main body is formed from 3\/16\" steel plate, and every bull bar uses 1 3\/4\" OD tubing with 1\/8\" wall thickness. The mid-height bull bar adds 1 1\/2\" OD tube gussets for additional rigidity at the corners. Recovery points are 3\/4\" thick D-ring tabs, fully welded on both the front and back faces. That weld-on-both-faces construction distributes the pull across more of the tab's base rather than concentrating stress at a single weld seam, which matters when a snatch strap or shackle loads the tab at an angle rather than straight out.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWinch and Lighting Integration\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bumper's recessed fairlead mount accepts most 8,000–12,000 lb winches, with confirmed fitment for the Warn VR series. The electrical control box must be relocated from the top of the winch during installation, and some trimming and fitting will be required. C4 Fabrication recommends synthetic rope with a hawse-style fairlead for best fitment; some roller fairleads are too large for the recessed mount. Front cutouts give direct access to the winch lever without removing any panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe light bar pocket is sized for 30\" single-row bars, specifically designed around the Baja Designs S8 and Rigid SR-30. The bumper also accommodates up to four Baja Designs Squadron lights and two Baja Designs S2 lights simultaneously with a 30\" bar, so a full auxiliary lighting setup can be built without a separate light bar mount.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eToyota Safety Sense Compatibility and Included Hardware\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll three bull bar configurations (no bull bar, low bull bar, and mid-height bull bar with tube gussets) are compatible with Toyota Safety Sense and factory parking sensors. Some vehicles will require a professional TSS system recalibration after bumper installation; this is not universal but should be budgeted as a possibility. Every bumper ships with a washer tank skid and a winch controller relocation kit. TRD Pro and TRD Off-Road trims do not require an additional mini-skid panel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFinish Options and Installation Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRaw (bare steel) variants ship uncoated and must be painted or powder coated before installation to prevent rust. C4 Fabrication recommends test-fitting the bumper before sending it out for coating to confirm alignment and fitment first. Powder coat variants arrive ready to install. Installation on any trim requires trimming the factory plastic bumper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3\/16\" steel main body\u003c\/strong\u003e with 3\/4\" thick D-ring tabs fully welded front and back\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree bull bar options:\u003c\/strong\u003e no bull bar (107 lb), low bull bar (115 lb), or mid-height bull bar with 1 1\/2\" OD tube gussets (123 lb)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWinch-ready recessed mount\u003c\/strong\u003e for most 8k–12k winches; Warn VR series confirmed fit\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e30\" single-row light bar pocket\u003c\/strong\u003e plus mounts for up to four Baja Designs Squadron and two Baja Designs S2 lights\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes\u003c\/strong\u003e washer tank skid and winch controller relocation kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eFitment\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e4th Gen Toyota Tacoma, 2024–2026\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMain body material\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e3\/16\" steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eBull bar tubing\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e1 3\/4\" OD, 1\/8\" wall thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMid-height gussets\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e1 1\/2\" OD tubing\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eD-ring tabs\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e3\/4\" thick, fully welded front and back\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWeight, no bull bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e107 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWeight, low bull bar\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e115 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWeight, mid-height bull bar with gussets\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e123 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWinch compatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMost 8,000–12,000 lb winches; Warn VR series confirmed\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eLight bar fitment\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e30\" single-row (Baja Designs S8, Rigid SR-30)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eAuxiliary light mounts\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eUp to 4 Baja Designs Squadron + 2 Baja Designs S2\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eFinish options\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eRaw (bare steel) or Powder Coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eIncluded hardware\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWasher tank skid, winch controller relocation kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eToyota Safety Sense\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eCompatible with all bull bar variants; professional recalibration may be required\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eCountry of manufacture\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eUSA\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication Hybrid Front Bumper suits 2024–2026 4th Gen Toyota Tacoma owners who want a steel front bumper with integrated winch mounting, auxiliary lighting capacity, and factory TSS compatibility for trail use and overlanding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThis bumper does not fit any Tacoma generation other than the 4th Gen (2024–2026). Winches are not included. Lights are not included. Raw-finish variants are not ready to install without first being painted or powder coated. Some roller fairleads are too large for the recessed fairlead mount. Professional TSS recalibration may be required after installation and is not included with the bumper.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDoes this bumper work with Toyota Safety Sense?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication Hybrid Front Bumper is compatible with Toyota Safety Sense and factory parking sensors across all three bull bar configurations. Some 4th Gen Tacomas will require a professional TSS system recalibration after the bumper is installed; this is not universal, but it should be anticipated as a possible additional step.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat winches fit the Hybrid Front Bumper?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Hybrid Front Bumper's recessed fairlead mount fits most 8,000–12,000 lb winches. The Warn VR series is a confirmed fit. The winch electrical control box must be relocated from the top of the winch during installation, and some trimming and fitting will be required. C4 Fabrication recommends a synthetic rope winch with a hawse-style fairlead; some roller fairleads are too large for the recessed mount.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat lights can be mounted in this bumper?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe Hybrid Front Bumper's light bar pocket is designed for 30\" single-row light bars, specifically the Baja Designs S8 and Rigid SR-30. The bumper also accommodates up to four Baja Designs Squadron lights and two Baja Designs S2 lights, which can be run alongside a 30\" bar. Winches and lights are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDoes the Raw finish need prep before installation?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eRaw-finish Hybrid Front Bumpers ship as bare steel and must be painted or powder coated before installation to prevent rust. C4 Fabrication recommends test-fitting the bumper on the truck first to confirm alignment and fitment before sending it out for coating. Powder coat variants arrive ready to install.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDo TRD Pro and TRD Off-Road Tacomas need extra parts?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eTRD Pro and TRD Off-Road 4th Gen Tacomas do not require an additional mini-skid panel with the Hybrid Front Bumper. These trims use a different variant (select \"TRD Pro or TRD Off-Road\" at checkout) to ensure correct fitment. All other Tacoma trims use the \"Anything else\" variant.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"C4 Fabrication","offers":[{"title":"Raw \/ No Bull Bar \/ TRD Pro or TRD Off-Road","offer_id":50621912744006,"sku":"1224-31000-TRD","price":1874.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Raw \/ No Bull Bar \/ Anything else","offer_id":50621912776774,"sku":"1224-31000","price":1904.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Raw \/ Low Bull Bar \/ TRD Pro or TRD Off-Road","offer_id":50621912809542,"sku":"1224-31000-LB-TRD","price":1949.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Raw \/ Low Bull Bar \/ Anything else","offer_id":50621912842310,"sku":"1224-31000-LB","price":1979.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Raw \/ Mid-Height Bull Bar w\/ Tube Gussets \/ TRD Pro or TRD Off-Road","offer_id":50621912875078,"sku":"1224-31000-MH-TRD","price":2049.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Raw \/ Mid-Height Bull Bar w\/ Tube Gussets \/ Anything else","offer_id":50621912907846,"sku":"1224-31000-MH","price":2079.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Powder Coat \/ No Bull Bar \/ TRD Pro or TRD Off-Road","offer_id":50621912940614,"sku":"1224-31000-TRD-01NA","price":2099.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Powder Coat \/ No Bull Bar \/ Anything else","offer_id":50621912973382,"sku":"1224-31000-01NA","price":2159.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Powder Coat \/ Low Bull Bar \/ TRD Pro or TRD Off-Road","offer_id":50621913006150,"sku":"1224-31000-LB-TRD-01NA","price":2199.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Powder Coat \/ Low Bull Bar \/ Anything else","offer_id":50621913038918,"sku":"1224-31000-LB-01NA","price":2259.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Powder Coat \/ Mid-Height Bull Bar w\/ Tube Gussets \/ TRD Pro or TRD Off-Road","offer_id":50621913071686,"sku":"1224-31000-MH-TRD-01NA","price":2299.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Powder Coat \/ Mid-Height Bull Bar w\/ Tube Gussets \/ Anything else","offer_id":50621913104454,"sku":"1224-31000-MH-01NA","price":2359.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/4thGenTacomaHybridCover.jpg?v=1791940734"},{"product_id":"c4-fabrication-jerry-can-carrier-hardware-pack","title":"C4 Fabrication Jerry Can Carrier Hardware Pack","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication Jerry Can Carrier Hardware Pack (SKU 900-9401-HW) supplies the mounting hardware for C4 Fabrication's Jerry Can Carrier and is manufactured in the United States.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMade in the USA\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe C4 Fabrication Jerry Can Carrier Hardware Pack is manufactured in America. For buyers who prioritize domestic sourcing throughout their build, this hardware pack carries the same country-of-origin as the rest of the C4 Fabrication lineup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThis hardware pack is for owners of the C4 Fabrication Jerry Can Carrier who need replacement or supplemental mounting hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThis pack does not include the Jerry Can Carrier itself, a jerry can, or any fuel storage component. Those are sold separately. Compatibility with jerry can carriers from other brands is not confirmed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat is included in the Jerry Can Carrier Hardware Pack?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe specific hardware contents of the C4 Fabrication Jerry Can Carrier Hardware Pack (SKU 900-9401-HW) are not detailed in the available product data. Contact TerrainVault before ordering if you need to confirm the exact pieces included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDoes this pack include the Jerry Can Carrier or a jerry can?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eNo. The C4 Fabrication Jerry Can Carrier Hardware Pack contains mounting hardware only. The Jerry Can Carrier and any fuel storage containers are separate purchases.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eIs this hardware pack made in the United States?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eYes. C4 Fabrication manufactures this hardware pack in the United States as part of their American-made product line.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"C4 Fabrication","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50621915168838,"sku":"900-9401-HW","price":41.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/Image_20240904_110727_646_27438ff8-a66c-4be8-9245-5018cbb936.jpg?v=1791940786"},{"product_id":"c4-fabrication-tire-carrier-hardware-pack","title":"C4 Fabrication Tire Carrier Hardware Pack","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication Tire Carrier Hardware Pack (SKU 110-9410-HW) is a hardware pack designed for use with C4 Fabrication tire carrier systems, manufactured in the USA. Contact TerrainVault before ordering to confirm which tire carrier model this pack is intended for and what hardware is included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in the USA:\u003c\/strong\u003e Manufactured domestically by C4 Fabrication.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e110-9410-HW\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eCountry of Origin\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eUSA\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThis hardware pack is intended for owners of C4 Fabrication tire carrier systems who need replacement or supplemental hardware for their build.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThis pack does not include a tire carrier, mounting bracket, or any other structural component. Confirm the specific tire carrier model this pack supports with TerrainVault before purchasing, as compatibility details are not published on this listing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat hardware is included in this pack?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe specific contents of the C4 Fabrication Tire Carrier Hardware Pack are not detailed in the available product data. Contact TerrainVault to confirm exactly what fasteners, pins, or brackets are included before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhich C4 Fabrication tire carrier does this hardware pack fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eFitment details for the C4 Fabrication Tire Carrier Hardware Pack are not published in the current product listing. Reach out to TerrainVault with your specific tire carrier model to confirm compatibility before purchasing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eIs this hardware pack made in the USA?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eYes, the C4 Fabrication Tire Carrier Hardware Pack is manufactured in the United States, consistent with C4 Fabrication's domestic manufacturing process.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"C4 Fabrication","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":50621916643398,"sku":"110-9410-HW","price":20.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/Image_20240904_110727_646_25eb0398-5cb4-420d-8ae5-726de3d0a1.jpg?v=1791940835"},{"product_id":"c4-fabrication-lexus-gx470-fuel-tank-skid-plate","title":"C4 Fabrication Lexus GX470 Fuel Tank Skid Plate","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication Fuel Tank Skid Plate is a bolt-on steel underbody guard built specifically for the 2003–2009 Lexus GX470, protecting the fuel tank from rock strikes and trail debris with a solid 3\/16-inch P\u0026amp;O steel plate bottom. At 62 lb and made in the USA, it ships in one finish option: bare steel, which must be painted or powder coated before use to prevent rust.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSolid Steel Where It Counts\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe skid plate's bottom face is a continuous solid plate of 3\/16-inch pickled and oiled steel. No cutouts, no thinned sections beneath the fuel tank. That construction means a rock or ledge that contacts the skid transfers its load across the full plate rather than concentrating stress at a single point, which matters when the GX470's fuel tank sits low and forward of the rear axle. The 62 lb weight reflects genuine material thickness, not a compromise toward a lighter, thinner guard.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eDrainage Without Sacrificing Coverage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eArchways cut into the sides of the skid plate let water, mud, and trail debris drain away without pooling against the tank or the undercarriage. The drainage geometry is in the sidewalls, not the bottom face, so the protective surface directly under the tank stays intact. On extended trips through creek crossings or muddy two-track, that distinction keeps standing water from sitting against the tank between runs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBolt-On Installation with Hardware Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe skid plate uses the GX470's existing mounting points and ships with all hardware needed for installation. No drilling, no fabrication, and no sourcing of separate fasteners. Test-fitting the skid plate before applying any finish coating confirms alignment and fitment, and avoids having to strip and re-coat if an adjustment is needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3\/16-inch P\u0026amp;O steel construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e pickled and oiled plate for consistent surface quality and weld-ready bare steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSolid plate bottom:\u003c\/strong\u003e continuous coverage directly beneath the fuel tank with no structural cutouts\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSide drainage archways:\u003c\/strong\u003e allow water and debris to exit without compromising the protective bottom face\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100% bolt-on design:\u003c\/strong\u003e uses existing mounting points, no drilling or fabrication required\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAll mounting hardware included:\u003c\/strong\u003e no separate fastener purchase needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in the USA:\u003c\/strong\u003e manufactured by C4 Fabrication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e2003–2009 Lexus GX470\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e3\/16-inch P\u0026amp;O (pickled and oiled) steel plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e62 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eFinish (as shipped)\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eBare steel; must be painted or powder coated to prevent rust\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMounting Hardware\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eCountry of Origin\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eUSA\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThis skid plate suits 2003–2009 Lexus GX470 owners who wheel on rocky trails, forest roads, or other terrain where undercarriage strikes are a real risk and fuel tank protection is a priority. The bolt-on design and included hardware make it accessible to owners comfortable with basic underbody work.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThis skid plate does not fit any Lexus GX470 outside the 2003–2009 model years, and it does not fit any other vehicle. It ships bare steel with no applied finish; buyers who want a corrosion-resistant surface must paint or powder coat the plate before extended outdoor use. Test-fitting before coating is recommended to confirm alignment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat years and vehicle does this skid plate fit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication Fuel Tank Skid Plate is designed and built to fit the 2003–2009 Lexus GX470 only. It does not fit earlier or later GX generations, and fitment on any other vehicle is not supported.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDoes the skid plate ship with a finish, or is it bare steel?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe GX470 fuel tank skid plate ships as bare steel with no applied finish. To prevent rust, the plate must be painted or powder coated before use. Test-fitting before applying any coating confirms alignment and avoids having to strip and recoat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eIs all the hardware needed for installation included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eAll mounting hardware required to bolt the skid plate to the GX470's existing mounting points is included in the box. No additional fasteners need to be sourced separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eHow does the skid plate handle water and mud accumulation?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eArchways cut into the sides of the GX470 fuel tank skid plate allow water, mud, and trail debris to drain away from the undercarriage. The drainage openings are in the sidewalls only; the bottom face remains a solid plate to maintain full protective coverage beneath the tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eHow thick is the steel, and how much does the skid plate weigh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication GX470 fuel tank skid plate is made from 3\/16-inch P\u0026amp;O steel plate and weighs 62 lb. P\u0026amp;O (pickled and oiled) steel is a mill-finished plate with a clean, consistent surface that accepts paint and powder coat well.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"C4 Fabrication","offers":[{"title":"Raw","offer_id":50621923262534,"sku":"1100-5210","price":474.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Powder Coat","offer_id":50621923295302,"sku":"1100-5210-01NA","price":559.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/4thGen4RunnerFuelTankSkidCover.jpg?v=1791940958"},{"product_id":"c4-fabrication-lexus-gx470-full-skid-plate-kit-2003-2009","title":"C4 Fabrication Lexus GX470 Full Skid Plate Kit 2003-2009","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication Full Skid Plate Kit is a three-piece, 100% bolt-on undercarriage protection system for the 2003–2009 Lexus GX470, covering the engine, transmission, and transfer case with 3\/16 in. CNC-cut P\u0026amp;O steel. The kit ships in two finish variants: Raw (bare steel) and Powder Coat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWide Coverage Across Three Critical Components\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThree separate skid plates bolt together to form a continuous shield beneath the GX470's drivetrain. A unique bolt-in crossmember reinforces the transfer case section specifically, adding structural rigidity where the terrain puts the most stress. Covering the engine, transmission, and transfer case in a single integrated system means there are no gaps between plates for rocks or debris to exploit on technical trails.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eService Access Without Removing the Plates\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntegrated oil drain and oil filter covers are built into the skid plate design, so routine oil changes do not require pulling the entire system. For a 136 lb kit, that maintenance convenience matters: removing and reinstalling a full skid set for every service interval adds real time and effort to ownership. The covers keep the protection in place between trail runs and shop visits alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBolt-On Fit for Modified GX470 Builds\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is engineered as a 100% bolt-on system and works with most aftermarket bumpers as well as 1 in. differential drops, so it integrates cleanly into common GX470 build configurations without custom fabrication. All mounting hardware is included. C4 Fabrication manufactures this kit in the United States.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRaw finish orders ship as bare steel. Bare steel requires painting or powder coating to prevent rust. C4 Fabrication recommends test-fitting the plates before sending them out for coating to confirm alignment and fitment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree-piece coverage:\u003c\/strong\u003e separate plates protect the engine, transmission, and transfer case and bolt together as a system\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBolt-in crossmember:\u003c\/strong\u003e dedicated reinforcement for the transfer case section\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3\/16 in. CNC-cut P\u0026amp;O steel:\u003c\/strong\u003e precision-cut pickled and oiled steel construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated oil service covers:\u003c\/strong\u003e oil drain and oil filter access without plate removal\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete hardware kit:\u003c\/strong\u003e all mounting hardware included\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in the USA:\u003c\/strong\u003e manufactured by C4 Fabrication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e2003–2009 Lexus GX470\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e3\/16 in. CNC-cut P\u0026amp;O (pickled and oiled) steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003ePlate Count\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e3 (engine, transmission, transfer case)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eSystem Weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e136 lb (complete kit)\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eFinish Options\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eRaw (bare steel) or Powder Coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eHardware\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eAll mounting hardware included\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWorks with most aftermarket bumpers; works with 1 in. differential drop\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eIncompatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eNot compatible with KDSS-equipped GX470 models\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eInstallation\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e100% bolt-on\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eOrigin\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMade in USA\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThis kit suits 2003–2009 Lexus GX470 owners who run aftermarket bumpers or a 1 in. differential drop and want full undercarriage coverage for the engine, transmission, and transfer case on rocky or technical terrain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThis kit is not compatible with GX470 models equipped with KDSS (Kinetic Dynamic Suspension System). Raw-finish orders ship as bare steel and are not rust-protected; painting or powder coating is required before extended outdoor exposure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat parts of the drivetrain does this kit protect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication GX470 Full Skid Plate Kit includes three separate plates that bolt together to cover the engine, transmission, and transfer case. A bolt-in crossmember adds reinforcement specifically at the transfer case section for additional rigidity on rough terrain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWill this kit work with my aftermarket front bumper?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe GX470 Full Skid Plate Kit is designed to work with most aftermarket bumpers and is also compatible with a 1 in. differential drop. If your build uses a non-standard configuration beyond those, confirm fitment before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eIs this kit compatible with KDSS-equipped GX470 models?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eNo. The C4 Fabrication GX470 Full Skid Plate Kit is not compatible with GX470 models equipped with KDSS (Kinetic Dynamic Suspension System). Buyers with KDSS should not order this kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eCan I change my oil without removing the skid plates?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eYes. The GX470 Full Skid Plate Kit includes integrated oil drain and oil filter covers built into the plate design, allowing routine oil changes without removing the skid plates from the vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat finish should I choose, and does the raw option need any treatment?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe kit is available in Raw (bare steel) or Powder Coat. Raw orders ship as uncoated bare steel, which will rust without a protective finish. C4 Fabrication recommends test-fitting the plates before sending them for powder coating or painting to confirm alignment first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eIs all the mounting hardware included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eYes. The C4 Fabrication GX470 Full Skid Plate Kit ships with all mounting hardware needed for installation. The system is 100% bolt-on and does not require custom fabrication or drilling.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"C4 Fabrication","offers":[{"title":"Raw","offer_id":50621955407942,"sku":"1103-58300","price":999.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Powder Coat","offer_id":50621955440710,"sku":"1103-58300-01NA","price":1159.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/4thGen4RunnerFullSkidsCover.jpg?v=1791941043"},{"product_id":"c4-fabrication-gx470-differential-skid-plate-for-lexus-2003-2009","title":"C4 Fabrication GX470 Differential Skid Plate for Lexus 2003–2009","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication Differential Skid Plate is a 3\/16-inch mild steel undercarriage guard built for 2003–2009 Lexus GX470 trucks equipped without KDSS. The plate extends forward of the differential far enough to cover the U-joint and driveshaft yoke, closing a vulnerability that factory underbody protection leaves exposed. It is available in a raw steel finish or a finished powder coat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFull-Width Differential and Driveline Coverage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMost factory skid plates stop at the differential housing. The C4 Fabrication plate extends forward to shield the U-joint and driveshaft yoke as well. These are the components most likely to take a direct hit on a rock ledge or embedded debris. Protecting the yoke means a single trail obstacle is less likely to end a trip or require a tow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBolt-On Installation, No Fabrication Required\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe skid plate mounts entirely with the included hardware: no drilling, no cutting, and no modification to the GX470's frame or underbody. A complete hardware kit ships with every order, so the install does not require a separate trip to a hardware store or a fabrication shop.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003e3\/16-Inch Mild Steel Construction\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAt 3\/16-inch wall thickness, the plate is heavy enough to absorb rock strikes and deflect trail debris without flexing into drivetrain components. Mild steel at this gauge is weldable and repairable in the field if damage is severe enough to warrant it, unlike aluminum alternatives that may crack rather than deform.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtended forward coverage:\u003c\/strong\u003e plate reaches the U-joint and driveshaft yoke, not just the differential housing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3\/16-inch mild steel:\u003c\/strong\u003e heavy-gauge construction resists deformation from rock strikes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100% bolt-on:\u003c\/strong\u003e no drilling or cutting required for installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardware included:\u003c\/strong\u003e all mounting hardware ships with the plate\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo finish options:\u003c\/strong\u003e raw steel or powder coat available at time of order\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e3\/16-inch mild steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e18 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eCoverage\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eDifferential, U-joint, driveshaft yoke\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMounting\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eBolt-on; all hardware included; no drilling or cutting required\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eFinish options\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eRaw (bare steel) or Powder Coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eVehicle fitment\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e2003–2009 Lexus GX470, non-KDSS only\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThis skid plate suits 2003–2009 Lexus GX470 owners who wheel on rocky or technical terrain and want bolt-on differential and driveline protection without cutting or modifying their underbody.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThis plate does not fit GX470 trucks equipped with KDSS (Kinetic Dynamic Suspension System). It is not compatible with any other vehicle make, model, or generation. Raw-finish orders ship as bare steel and require painting or powder coating before installation to prevent rust.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDoes this skid plate fit a KDSS-equipped GX470?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eNo. The C4 Fabrication GX470 Differential Skid Plate is compatible with non-KDSS GX470 trucks only. GX470 trucks equipped with the Kinetic Dynamic Suspension System require a different fitment and this plate will not mount correctly on them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat components does the skid plate protect?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe GX470 differential skid plate covers the differential housing and extends forward far enough to also shield the U-joint and driveshaft yoke, closing a gap in the factory underbody protection that is vulnerable to direct rock strikes on technical terrain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDoes installation require drilling or cutting?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eNo. The differential skid plate is a 100% bolt-on installation. No drilling, cutting, or modification to the GX470's frame or underbody is required. All mounting hardware is included in the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat is the difference between the raw and powder coat finish options?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe raw finish ships as bare mild steel. Because bare steel will rust, a raw-finish plate must be painted or powder coated before installation. Test-fitting the plate before sending it out for coating confirms alignment and fitment. The powder coat option arrives with a finished surface and is ready to install without additional prep.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"C4 Fabrication","offers":[{"title":"Raw","offer_id":50621964189766,"sku":"1100-5110-NK","price":332.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Powder Coat","offer_id":50621964222534,"sku":"1100-5110-NK-01NA","price":399.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/4runnerdifferentialskidplate2010_2aacd979-d501-4def-8855-a5c.png?v=1791941144"},{"product_id":"c4-fabrication-lexus-gx470-front-skid-plate-2003-2009","title":"C4 Fabrication Lexus GX470 Front Skid Plate 2003–2009","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication Front Skid Plate for the 2003–2009 Lexus GX470 is a 3\/16-inch CNC-cut pickled-and-oiled steel skid plate engineered to deliver wide coverage across vital engine components. The 100% bolt-on design installs using all included mounting hardware, and a built-in oil drain cover means oil changes do not require removing the plate. This listing covers the front skid plate only; a full skid plate set is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWide Engine Protection Without the Compromise\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe C4 Fabrication GX470 Front Skid Plate is cut from 3\/16-inch P\u0026amp;O (pickled and oiled) steel, a thickness that resists deformation from rock strikes and trail debris that would damage an engine oil pan or other underhood components. Wide coverage means the plate shields a broad footprint of the engine bay rather than a narrow strip, so glancing hits from uneven terrain are caught by steel rather than by the components behind it. For a GX470 used on technical trails, that coverage translates directly into fewer trail-ending failures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBolt-On Installation, No Cutting Required\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 100% bolt-on design means installation does not require drilling, cutting, or fabricating new mounting points. All mounting hardware is included. The plate is also compatible with a 1-inch differential drop and works with most aftermarket front bumpers, so owners who have already modified their GX470 can add skid protection without undoing existing work. Professional installation is recommended to confirm alignment before any surface treatment is applied.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eOil Drain Cover Keeps Maintenance Simple\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA dedicated oil drain cover built into the skid plate allows access for routine oil changes without unbolting and removing the plate. On a vehicle that sees regular trail use, this matters: skid plates that must come off for every oil change introduce opportunities for fasteners to strip, threads to corrode, and service intervals to be skipped. The C4 Fabrication GX470 Front Skid Plate removes that friction from the maintenance routine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3\/16-inch P\u0026amp;O steel construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e CNC-cut pickled-and-oiled steel for consistent thickness and corrosion-ready surface prep\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWide engine-bay coverage:\u003c\/strong\u003e broad footprint protects vital engine components from trail debris and rock strikes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBuilt-in oil drain cover:\u003c\/strong\u003e allows oil changes without removing the skid plate\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100% bolt-on design:\u003c\/strong\u003e no cutting or drilling; all mounting hardware included\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1-inch differential drop compatible:\u003c\/strong\u003e works with this common GX470 suspension modification\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAftermarket bumper compatible:\u003c\/strong\u003e fits most aftermarket front bumpers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e2003–2009 Lexus GX470\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e3\/16-inch CNC-cut pickled-and-oiled (P\u0026amp;O) steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e62 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eFinish (as shipped)\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eBare steel; must be painted or powder coated before installation to prevent rust\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMounting Hardware\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eAll hardware included\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eDifferential Drop Compatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWorks with 1-inch differential drop\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eBumper Compatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWorks with most aftermarket front bumpers\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eScope\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eFront skid plate only; full skid set sold separately\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eOrigin\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMade in USA\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThis skid plate suits 2003–2009 Lexus GX470 owners who wheel on rocky or technical terrain and want bolt-on underbody protection for the engine bay without modifying their existing suspension or aftermarket bumper setup. It is a practical fit for owners who perform their own oil changes and want to keep that process simple.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThis plate does not include transfer case, differential, fuel tank, or rear skid coverage; those are sold separately as part of C4 Fabrication's full skid plate set. It ships as bare steel and requires painting or powder coating before installation; buyers who need a finished, rust-protected plate ready to bolt on without additional surface treatment should account for that step before ordering. Test fitting before any coating is applied is strongly recommended to confirm alignment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDoes the GX470 Front Skid Plate require any drilling or cutting to install?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication GX470 Front Skid Plate is a 100% bolt-on design. No drilling or cutting is required, and all mounting hardware is included in the box. Professional installation is recommended to verify alignment before applying any surface finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWill this skid plate work with an aftermarket front bumper?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication GX470 Front Skid Plate is compatible with most aftermarket front bumpers. Buyers running a less common or highly modified bumper setup should verify clearance before ordering, as fitment with every aftermarket option cannot be guaranteed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eCan I change my oil without removing the skid plate?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eYes. The C4 Fabrication GX470 Front Skid Plate includes a built-in oil drain cover that provides access for routine oil changes without unbolting or removing the plate, keeping regular maintenance straightforward even with the skid installed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eIs this compatible with a differential drop?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication GX470 Front Skid Plate is confirmed compatible with a 1-inch differential drop, which is a common modification on lifted GX470 builds. Compatibility with other differential drop amounts is not specified for this plate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat finish does the skid plate ship in, and what do I need to do before installing it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication GX470 Front Skid Plate ships as bare steel regardless of the finish option selected at checkout. The steel must be painted or powder coated before installation to prevent rust. Test fitting the plate for proper alignment and fitment is strongly recommended before sending it out for any surface treatment.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"C4 Fabrication","offers":[{"title":"Raw","offer_id":50622142021702,"sku":"1103-50100","price":549.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Powder Coat","offer_id":50622142054470,"sku":"1103-50100-01NA","price":619.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/4thGen4RunnerFrontSkidCover.jpg?v=1791941262"},{"product_id":"c4-fabrication-lexus-gx470-rear-skid-plates-2003-2009","title":"C4 Fabrication Lexus GX470 Rear Skid Plates 2003–2009","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication Lexus GX470 Rear Skid Plates are a bolt-on underbody protection kit for 2003–2009 Lexus GX470 trucks, covering the transmission and transfer case with 3\/16-inch CNC-cut P\u0026amp;O steel. This kit includes the transmission skid plate and transfer case skid plate only and requires the C4 Front Skid Plate, sold separately, to install correctly. Two finish options are available: raw bare steel and powder coat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSerious Steel Where the Trail Hits Hard\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe transmission and transfer case sit low in the GX470's drivetrain and are among the first components to contact rocks, stumps, and ledges on technical terrain. C4 Fabrication cuts these skid plates from 3\/16-inch P\u0026amp;O (pickled-and-oiled) steel using CNC machinery, which holds tight tolerances across every panel and ensures the mounting holes line up with factory locations without modification. That material thickness and manufacturing consistency mean the plates absorb impacts that would crack or deform lighter-gauge alternatives, keeping the drivetrain behind them intact on the trail.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBolt-In Crossmember Locks the Transfer Case Coverage in Place\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA unique bolt-in crossmember is integrated into the transfer case skid plate design. Rather than relying solely on perimeter mounting points, the crossmember ties the skid into the vehicle's structure at an additional point, reducing flex under impact and distributing load more evenly across the panel. For a component as consequential as the transfer case, that added rigidity means the skid stays in position when it matters most rather than deflecting away from the surface it is protecting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eNo Cutting, No Welding, All Hardware Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 100% bolt-on design means installation does not require cutting or welding. All mounting hardware is included in the kit. For buyers choosing the raw steel option, C4 Fabrication recommends test-fitting the plates before applying any paint or powder coat to confirm alignment and fitment, then coating before regular use to prevent rust. The powder-coat option ships ready for installation without that additional step.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3\/16-inch CNC-cut P\u0026amp;O steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBolt-in crossmember:\u003c\/strong\u003e adds structural rigidity and maximizes transfer case protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100% bolt-on installation:\u003c\/strong\u003e no cutting or welding required\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardware included:\u003c\/strong\u003e all mounting hardware in the kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish options:\u003c\/strong\u003e raw bare steel or powder coat\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMade in USA\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eFitment\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e2003–2009 Lexus GX470\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e3\/16-inch CNC-cut P\u0026amp;O steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e74 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eCoverage\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eTransmission and transfer case\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMounting hardware\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eIncluded\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eFinish options\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eRaw bare steel; Powder coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eOrigin\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMade in USA\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThese skid plates suit 2003–2009 Lexus GX470 owners who run technical off-road terrain and want bolt-on transmission and transfer case protection without cutting or welding. They pair with the C4 Front Skid Plate to form a coordinated underbody protection system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThese rear skid plates do not include front, differential, fuel tank, or exhaust skid plates. The C4 Front Skid Plate must be purchased separately for these rear plates to mount correctly. This kit does not fit any Lexus GX470 model year outside 2003–2009, nor any other vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat does this kit include?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication GX470 Rear Skid Plates kit includes the transmission skid plate, the transfer case skid plate with integrated bolt-in crossmember, and all mounting hardware. Front, differential, fuel tank, and exhaust skid plates are not included and are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDoes this kit work without the C4 Front Skid Plate?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eNo. The C4 Fabrication GX470 Rear Skid Plates are engineered to work exclusively with the C4 Front Skid Plate, which is sold separately. The rear plates cannot be installed correctly without the front skid plate already in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eIs cutting or welding required to install these skid plates?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eNo cutting or welding is required. The C4 Fabrication GX470 Rear Skid Plates use a 100% bolt-on design, and all mounting hardware is included in the kit. C4 Fabrication recommends test-fitting the raw steel option before applying any coating to confirm alignment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eWhat is the difference between the raw and powder-coat finish options?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe raw option ships as bare steel and must be painted or powder coated before regular use to prevent rust. The powder-coat option ships with a factory-applied finish and is ready to install without additional surface treatment. C4 Fabrication recommends test-fitting the raw option before coating to confirm proper alignment and fitment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eAre these skid plates made in the United States?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eYes. The C4 Fabrication Lexus GX470 Rear Skid Plates are manufactured in the United States.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"C4 Fabrication","offers":[{"title":"Raw","offer_id":50622353768518,"sku":"1103-58200","price":499.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Powder Coat","offer_id":50622353801286,"sku":"1103-58200-01NA","price":659.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/4thGen4RunnerRearSkidsCover.jpg?v=1791941367"},{"product_id":"c4-fabrication-lexus-gx460-full-skid-plate-system","title":"C4 Fabrication Lexus GX460 Full Skid Plate System","description":"\u003cp class=\"product-lead\"\u003eThe C4 Fabrication Full Skid Plate System for the 2010–2023 Lexus GX460 is a three-piece bolt-on underbody armor set built from 3\/16\" CNC-cut pickled-and-oiled (P\u0026amp;O) steel, covering the engine, transmission, and transfer case in a single integrated assembly. At 136 lb, the system is designed for GX460 owners who run technical terrain and need protection they can service in the field without pulling the entire skid. Available in raw steel or powder coat finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFull Coverage Without Compromise\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThree individual skid plates bolt together to form a continuous shield across the GX460's most vulnerable drivetrain components: engine, transmission, and transfer case. Continuous coverage matters on rocky trails because a gap between plates is an entry point for a ledge or boulder to catch and transfer force directly to a component. A unique bolt-in crossmember reinforces the transfer case area specifically, adding structural rigidity at the point most likely to take a direct hit on uneven terrain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eMaintenance Access Built In\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIntegrated oil drain and oil filter access covers let you perform routine oil changes without unbolting and dropping the skid plates. For a system that weighs 136 lb, that matters: removing and reinstalling a full skid every service interval adds significant time and creates opportunities for hardware to be left loose or misplaced. The access covers keep the maintenance schedule realistic for a daily-driven or frequently used overland rig.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eBroad Compatibility, Bolt-On Installation\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe system is compatible with KDSS-equipped GX460 models, works with a 1\" differential drop, and fits most aftermarket bumpers. All mounting hardware is included. The bolt-on design means no cutting or welding is required, and the fit is confirmed across the full 2010–2023 model run.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3\/16\" CNC-cut P\u0026amp;O steel:\u003c\/strong\u003e heavy-gauge pickled-and-oiled steel construction throughout all three plates\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBolt-in crossmember:\u003c\/strong\u003e reinforces the transfer case area for added structural protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOil drain and filter access covers:\u003c\/strong\u003e allow oil changes without removing the skid plates\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKDSS and diff-drop compatible:\u003c\/strong\u003e fits KDSS-equipped models and works with 1\" differential drops\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAll mounting hardware included:\u003c\/strong\u003e complete bolt-on installation with no additional hardware required\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMade in the USA:\u003c\/strong\u003e manufactured domestically by C4 Fabrication\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth\u003eDetail\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eVehicle Fitment\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e2010–2023 Lexus GX460\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e3\/16\" CNC-cut pickled-and-oiled (P\u0026amp;O) steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e136 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003ePlates Included\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eThree (engine, transmission, transfer case areas); front and rear skid plates included\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eHardware Included\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eAll mounting hardware included\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eFinish Options\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eRaw steel; Powder coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eKDSS Compatible\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eDifferential Drop\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eCompatible with 1\" diff drop\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eInstallation\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003e100% bolt-on\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eCountry of Origin\u003c\/td\u003e\n      \u003ctd\u003eMade in USA\u003c\/td\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This Is For and Isn't\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-yes\"\u003eThis skid plate system suits 2010–2023 Lexus GX460 owners who run rocky or technical off-road terrain and want comprehensive underbody protection for the engine, transmission, and transfer case in a single bolt-on kit, including those running KDSS suspension, a 1\" differential drop, or most aftermarket bumpers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-fit-no\"\u003eThe fuel tank skid plate is not included in this kit and is sold separately. Raw-finish orders ship as bare steel and must be painted or powder coated before installation to prevent rust; C4 Fabrication recommends test-fitting before coating to confirm alignment. This system is confirmed only for the 2010–2023 Lexus GX460 and is not listed as compatible with other vehicles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDoes this skid plate system fit a GX460 equipped with KDSS?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eYes. The C4 Fabrication GX460 Full Skid Plate System is specifically confirmed as compatible with KDSS-equipped 2010–2023 Lexus GX460 models, so owners running the factory Kinetic Dynamic Suspension System do not need to modify or remove it for fitment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eCan I change my oil without removing the skid plates?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eYes. The GX460 Full Skid Plate System includes integrated oil drain and oil filter access covers that allow routine oil changes to be performed without unbolting or dropping any of the three plates, keeping maintenance straightforward on a vehicle that's used regularly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eIs the fuel tank skid plate included in this kit?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eNo. The C4 Fabrication GX460 Full Skid Plate System covers the engine, transmission, and transfer case areas. The fuel tank skid plate is a separate product and is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eDoes the raw-finish version need any treatment before installation?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eYes. Raw-finish orders ship as bare P\u0026amp;O steel, which will rust without a protective coating. C4 Fabrication recommends painting or powder coating the plates before installation, and suggests test-fitting first to confirm alignment before committing to a finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3 class=\"product-faq-q\"\u003eIs this a bolt-on installation, or does it require cutting or welding?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"product-faq-a\"\u003eThe GX460 Full Skid Plate System is a 100% bolt-on design. All mounting hardware is included in the kit. No cutting, drilling, or welding is required for installation on a 2010–2023 Lexus GX460.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"C4 Fabrication","offers":[{"title":"Raw","offer_id":50622589665350,"sku":"1510-50300","price":999.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Powder Coat","offer_id":50622589698118,"sku":"1510-50300-01NA","price":1059.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0691\/2203\/1686\/files\/4thGen4RunnerFullSkidsCover_0f6c4ed0-72ef-4c5d-ad33-816c0f50198e.jpg?v=1791941484"}],"url":"https:\/\/terrainvault.com\/collections\/c4-fabrication.oembed?page=10","provider":"TerrainVault","version":"1.0","type":"link"}